Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Drug Manufacturers - General / Argosy Minerals

Argosy Minerals

agy · LSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker agy
Exchange LSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Drug Manufacturers - General
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Argosy Minerals
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

l

l

e

r

g

y

T

h

e

r

a

p

e

u

t

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

Transforming lives

Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
What we do

We’re committed 
to transforming lives 
by breaking new 
ground in immunology 
treatment through 
specialist expertise

Contents

Strategic report
01  Highlights

02  At a glance

04  How it works

Governance
54  Board of Directors

56  Corporate governance report

61  How the Board engages with stakeholders

06  How it’s working for patients

62  Nomination Committee report

08  Chairman’s statement

64 

 Audit Committee report

10  Chief Executive Officer’s review

67  Directors’ remuneration report

14 

 Evolving our culture

16  Macro and micro trends

18  Market overview

20  Business model 

22  Our stakeholders

26  Strategic framework

28  Our products

32  R&D report

38  Operating responsibly

43  Key performance indicators (“KPIs”) 

44  Effective risk management

45  Principal risks and uncertainties

50  Financial review

74  Directors’ report

76  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial statements
77 

Independent auditor’s report 

84  Consolidated income statement

85 

 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

86  Consolidated balance sheet

87 

 Consolidated statement of changes in equity

88  Consolidated cash flow statement

89 

 Notes to the financial statements

118  Company balance sheet

119   Statement of changes in equity (Company) 

120  Notes to the Company financial statements

124  Definition of non-GAAP measures 

IBC  Shareholder information

Operating highlights
(including post period)

 – Good growth across all key products 

in the portfolio with further incremental 
increase in market share in European 
business

 – Exploratory field study for Grass 

MATA MPL will begin in Q4 2020, moving 
on to the second stage Phase III trial in 
H2 2022 to improve outcome and 
mitigate risk

 – Licence agreement signed with Saiba and 
DeepVax, VLP partner, to explore new 
therapeutic areas, including solid cancer 
tumours and asthma 

 – Signed exclusive rights to multi‑allergy 

oral product ImmunoBON

 – VLP‑based peanut product Phase I trial 

due to commence in 2021

See more on pages 08 to 13

Highlights

Financial highlights

25% 

Increase in pre-R&D operating profit to £14.2m 
as a result of sales growth and lower overhead 
cost growth
(2019: £11.3m)

£37.0m

Strong cash balance 
at 30 June 2020
(2019: £27.4m)

7% 

Revenue growth at constant rate1 and 6% 
at reported rate to £78.2m
(2019: £73.7m)

£7.1m

Net profit for the year including 
one-off legal settlement of £3.2m
(2019: Net profit of £3.5m)

1  Constant currency uses prior year weighted 
average exchange rates to translate current 
year foreign currency denominated revenue to 
give a year‑on‑year comparison excluding the 
effects of foreign exchange movements.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

01

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportAt a glance

We are 
visionary

We are a visionary 
immunology business with 
specialist experience in the 
research and development 
of allergy treatments. 

Our values have created a culture based around Vision, 
Commitment and Menschlichkeit (humanity). 

We take extraordinary ideas and bring them to market – 
enhancing treatments and transforming people’s lives.

Our pipeline

£78.2m

Revenue
(2019: £73.7m)

8

New products in the pipeline
(2019: 3)

Pre-clinical

Phase l

Phase ll

Phase lll

Grass MATA MPL 

Birch MATA MPL  

Ragweed MATA MPL 

Trees MATA MPL 

Oral Grass, Trees and House Dust Mite 

Modified Mite Platform  

Peanut SCIT 

SCIT:   Subcutaneous Immunotherapy
MATA:  Modified Allergen Tyrosine Adsorbed
VLP candidates under proof-of-concept evaluation for uses in areas outside of allergy including cancer, asthma, psoriasis and atopic dermatitis.

Also available as a  
named-patient product

02 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
Our reach

We have a well‑established 
commercial presence in 
Europe and are focused 
on the US market and other 
new opportunities.

  Direct presence

  Distributor market

Sales

Sales by  
country  
%

Sales by  
product  
%

Pollinex Quattro | 62%
Oralvac | 12%
Venomil | 5%
Tyrosine S/TU | 5%
Tyromite | 5%
Acarovac Plus | 3%
Diagnostics | 1%
Other | 7%

Germany | 61%
Spain | 10%
Austria | 7%
Italy | 6%
Netherlands | 5%
Switzerland | 4%
UK | 2%
Other | 5%

See more on pages 18 and 19

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

03

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
How it works

How immunotherapy 
is transforming lives

Immunotherapy is the practice of administering gradually 
increasing doses of an allergen extract (e.g. grass or tree 
pollen) in order to reduce the symptoms of allergy, such 
as sneezing, an itchy or runny nose, a blocked nose or 
itchy, watery eyes.

It was first carried out almost 100 years ago 
and is now in widespread use around the 
world. It is sometimes referred to as 
desensitisation.

Immunotherapy is the only treatment which 
affects the underlying cause of an allergy. 
The alternative is to continue with medicines 
which suppress the symptoms of allergy, 
such as antihistamines and steroid‑based 
medicines.

Subcutaneous immunotherapy is the most 
common form of specific immunotherapy 
and involves a course of injections that build 
up tolerance to particular allergens through 
small, controlled doses. Over time this 
desensitises the inappropriate immune 
response so the body doesn’t overreact and 
create the histamine release that causes 
allergy symptoms.

Sublingual immunotherapy is an alternative to 
injection immunotherapy. For this form of 
treatment, daily drops or tablets containing 
the specific allergen are placed under the 
tongue. The first dose of the sublingual 
immunotherapy is usually administered in a 
clinic under observation, then the patient will 
be required to self‑administer the treatment 
every day at home.

Allergies are the immune system’s 
response to substances it thinks 
are a threat but which are usually 
harmless, such as pollen, house 
dust mites or cat fur.

04 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

1

Patient comes into contact with 
an allergen

Treated with 
allergen-specific 
immunotherapy

No treatment

Treatment

2

interleukin‑13

IgE

interleukin‑13

IgG

2

T cell

B cell

Activated 
B cell

T cell

B cell

Activated 
B cell

interleukin‑4

IgE

interleukin‑4

IgE

IgG

Th2 cell stimulates B cells to produce IgE

Th1 cell stimulates B cells to produce IgG

3

IgE

3

IgG

Mast cell

IgE

Mast cell

Histamine

IgE binds to immune cells causing 
histamine release upon exposure 
to allergen

Increased IgG production inhibits the 
production of IgE

4

4

Histamine leads to classic symptoms 
of allergy

Lower levels of IgE prevent excess 
release of histamine and reduce 
symptoms of allergy

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

05

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
How it’s working for patients

Immunotherapy 
changes lives

Simply put, allergen 
immunotherapy 
transforms 
patients’ lives.

06 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Case study
Lawrence DuBuske, MD.

The provision of allergen‑specific 
immunotherapy is the ultimate art unique 
to the practice of allergy. To transform the 
lives of patients who have suffered from 
seasonal allergy is the reward which 
motivates those of us who have taken 
clinical allergy as our life’s work. Twenty 
years ago my son developed seasonal 
allergy so severe that he rapidly evolved 
from rhinitis to asthma. Allergy 
immunotherapy changed his life, 
resulting in minimal medication 
requirement and remarkable 
tolerance of the pollen seasons.

Similarly, my wife progressed from minimal 
rhinitis symptoms to asthma due to birch 
pollen which evolved into sensitisation with 
severe rhinitis and asthma symptoms due 
to exposure to multiple allergens which was 
so severe that she required oral 
corticosteroids to survive the 
pollen seasons. 

She has responded dramatically to 
allergen immunotherapy, today requiring 
no medications with minimal seasonal 
respiratory symptoms. Simply put, allergen 
immunotherapy transforms patients’ lives. 
For the allergist, this is the accomplishment 
which motivates us to continue to help our 
patients live symptom free in a world where 
allergen exposure is inevitable.

Lawrence DuBuske
Clinical Professor of Medicine 
The George Washington University 
School of Medicine and Health Sciences  
Washington, DC

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

07

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChairman’s statement

Strong 
governance

Peter Jensen
Chairman

“Allergy Therapeutics continues 
to evolve with a solid European 
business and a strong pipeline.”

08 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

25%

Increase in pre-R&D operating profit 
to £14.2m
(2019: £11.3m)

Despite major challenges 
caused by the global 
COVID‑19 pandemic, 
Allergy Therapeutics 
finished the year by 
announcing earnings 
ahead of expectations in 
July 2020, achieved through 
a combination of a robust 
operational performance, 
cost efficiencies and the 
timing of research and 
development spend. 

The relatively limited impact of COVID‑19 
on the business in 2020 could not have 
been achieved without the efforts of the 
management team and the Company’s 
employees, and I would like to take this 
opportunity to thank them for their 
continuing flexibility in ensuring that 
performance was, and is, being maintained 
to enable us to transform patients’ lives.

Innovation
As well as managing through the COVID‑19 
challenge, the Group has been actively 
bringing new products into its commercial 
portfolio and further strengthening the 
pipeline. Having licensed exclusive rights 
to oral product ImmunoBON from Biomedical 
International R+D GmbH in July 2020, we intend 
to launch the product in Germany and Austria 
in the spring of 2021, providing patients with 
an add‑on option in the allergy space.

The signing of the contract with Saiba AG and 
DeepVax GmbH in September 2020, which 
expands our licence to explore the potential 
of their VLP technology in new therapeutic 
areas, including solid cancer tumours, atopic 
dermatitis, asthma and psoriasis, is a key 
development of the business into the 
broader immunology space. 

This, in time, will allow the business to 
operate in a broader immunology market, 
while also using technologies that the Group 
has extensive experience with from the 
development of its peanut allergy vaccine 
candidate.

Intention to conduct audit tender
The Board has agreed that the Company will 
conduct an audit tender process during the 
autumn of 2020. The process is expected to 
complete with a recommendation from the 
Audit Committee to the Board by the end of 
October. The outcome will be announced 
once it has been agreed by the Board. 

Outlook
Allergy Therapeutics continues to evolve, 
with a solid European business and a strong 
pipeline of innovative, patient‑focused 
products. This is in line with our three cultural 
objectives of visionary thinking, commitment 
to our stakeholders and fairness and 
honesty – or as we call it, due to our large 
German presence, menschlichkeit. There 
are still a number of uncertainties to the 
performance of the Group over the short to 
medium term, including the cost and 
logistical impact of a hard Brexit in 
December 2020 and a changing regulatory 
environment. Of course, there also remains 
the potential for further waves of COVID‑19, 
but we believe we are in a robust position to 
respond swiftly to ensure the best outcome 
for all stakeholders. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to say 
how proud I am of the strong team of 
dedicated people across all the markets 
in which we operate. Their commitment, 
determination and creativity has enabled 
us to continue delivery of our products to 
patients throughout this intense period. 

Peter Jensen
Chairman
22 September 2020

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

09

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review

Delivering 
our strategy

Manuel Llobet
Chief Executive Officer

“Management is excited by the 
new opportunities that we are 
creating in our product portfolio 
and pipeline.”

10 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Net sales 
by region  
%

DACH | £60.3m
Southern Europe | £13.1m
ROW (inc. UK) | £4.8m

This year’s performance 
has shown that our Group 
is resilient and has the ability 
to respond swiftly to changes 
in the market. Further, the 
business is developing on 
many fronts while continuing 
to trade well.

Financial performance
We are pleased to report a strong set of 
financials for the year ended 30 June 2020, 
with net sales of £78.2m, an increase of 6% 
in actual terms and 7% in constant terms 
over the prior year. The growth for the year 
was tempered by the impact of the COVID‑19 
crisis, with sales in March to May 2020 
affected by clinics and hospitals being 
closed to all non‑urgent cases. The impact 
was more keenly seen in Southern Europe, 
where most allergy clinics are situated in 
hospitals, whereas Northern Europe 
benefited from separate allergy clinics 
that reopened earlier.

Overall, growth in Pollinex Quattro, Pollinex 
and Venomil were strongest, with most of the 
portfolio performing well in a tough market. 
Growth was strongest in our larger markets 
with only Italy exhibiting a reduction due to 
the severe COVID‑19 impact. 

As soon as the crisis hit, the Group took 
steps to ensure the safety of employees. 
This was followed by making operating 
efficiencies to compensate, where possible, 
for lower expected sales. This has proved 
very successful with the net effect of the 
efficiencies being £3.0m greater than the 
loss of sales. This resulted in the pre‑R&D 
operating profit increasing by 25%. This was 
above market expectations, as announced 
in the July 2020 trading update. 

R&D spend in the year of £9.0m, excluding 
the one‑off legal expenses settlement with 
Inflamax, has been lower than the prior 
period due to timing (£13.0m, excluding legal 
settlement) and has focused on the Pollinex 
Quattro and peanut vaccine candidate 
development. 

Overall, the financial performance 
was strong with a net income of £7.1m, 
up £3.6m on 2019, and a cash balance 
of £37.0m (2019: £27.4m).

Trials
Preparations for the pilot field study (G309) 
in the Grass MATA MPL clinical development 
programme are well underway with the trial 
due to start in Q4 2020 and readout 
expected in H2 2021. The Grass MATA MPL 
Phase III field trial will start in H2 2022 to 
improve the outcome and mitigate risks 
which we and others have encountered in the 
past with these types of trials. It will also allow 
for any changes in the approach to patient 
selection, which typically starts in the month 
of August of the year in which the trial starts.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

11

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportChief Executive Officer’s review continued

£7.1m

Net profit for year
(2019: £3.5m)

Trials continued
We were pleased in January to see the 
publication of encouraging pre‑clinical data 
for our peanut allergy vaccine candidate in 
The Journal of Allergy and Clinical 
Immunology. Work on scale‑up and stability 
ahead of human trials is ongoing and the 
team expects the Phase I trial to start in 
2021. A pre‑IND (Investigational New Drug 
Application) meeting with the FDA is planned 
for Q4 2020 to discuss the protocol for the 
first in‑human study. An ex‑vivo biomarker 
study is planned to take place by H1 2021 
using the final product formulation to confirm 
translation of its hypo‑allergic potential and 
biomarker profile using blood samples from 
peanut allergy patients. This will support 
progression to the first in‑human studies. 

As announced in July 2020, the analysis 
of the primary endpoint of the Birch B301 
Phase III trial has been declared invalid by 
the German Regulatory Authority, the 
Paul Ehrlich Institute (“PEI”), owing to 
technical issues encountered in the study, 
which made it impossible to reconstruct the 
data. The Group intends to repeat the trial 
after the Grass Phase III Trial (G306) has met 
the expected endpoints. 

The Grass MATA MPL Phase III programme 
and the initial Phase I peanut trial are both 
fully funded. 

12 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Pipeline
We announced on 3 September 2020 the 
signing of our new exclusive licensing 
agreement with the Swiss biotechnology 
companies, Saiba AG and DeepVax GmbH, 
to use their patented VLP technology 
platform to develop and commercialise 
vaccines targeting solid cancer tumours, 
atopic dermatitis, asthma and psoriasis. 
This is the first step of a long‑term strategy 
for the Group to move into the broader 
immunology space while utilising its 
knowledge of vaccines, the VLP technology, 
immunotherapy and adjuvant systems. 
The relationship with Saiba AG has also 
been deepened with the knowledge‑sharing 
agreement in relation to VLP, announced 
in July 2020, which Saiba AG is using to 
develop COVID‑19 vaccine candidates. 
This agreement will provide valuable 
information to the Group about 
the development of a VLP product 
through clinical studies.

As announced on 15 July 2020, the Group 
has signed a commercial agreement for the 
exclusive rights to ImmunoBON, a patented 
protein‑based oral product for the general 
treatment of allergies based on the lower 
allergic incidence shown by people who live 
near or are brought up on a livestock farm, 
the so‑called ‘farm effect’. This product 
adds to our strong portfolio of allergy 
products based on patient convenience 
and short course treatment. ImmunoBON 
comprises a three‑month treatment period 
and therefore has the advantage of 
potentially higher compliance than 
longer course treatments.

Outlook
The outlook for the next financial year is hard 
to predict accurately, given the lack of clarity 
over the impact of COVID‑19 over the next 
12 months and the potential impact of a 
hard Brexit. Management expects that 
sales are likely to grow at a similar rate to 
2020 due to the anticipated reduction of 
new patients in the autumn, caused by the 
reduced number of patient clinic visits made 
in spring and early summer 2020 resulting 
from COVID‑19 restrictions. 

Costs are expected to increase by a low 
double‑digit percentage in the next financial 
year following the low levels this year, due to 
the investment in IT, regulatory and sales 
capabilities. 

R&D expenses are anticipated to be 
approximately 75% higher than in 2020 
(excluding the one‑off legal settlement 
of £3.2m) as research continues with 
Grass MATA MPL and our peanut allergy 
candidate vaccine. 

Overall, management remains 
confident about the future of the business 
and the exciting new opportunities that 
we are creating in our product portfolio 
and pipeline. 

Manuel Llobet
Chief Executive Officer
22 September 2020

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

13

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportEvolving our culture

Living our 
values 

Inspired by the purpose of our organisation to transform lives, 
we have engaged our employees to help define our culture. 
Our culture enables our business to realise its ambitious 
strategy and strengthen our competitive advantage. 

Our values, Visionary, Commitment and 
Menschlichkeit (Humanity), are at the core 
of our culture. We have taken a number of 
deliberate steps to evolve our culture:

 – designed a global performance 

management approach to facilitate 
high performance, accountability, 
dialogue and growth; 

 – defined our employer brand, aligned 

 – implemented both manager and 

with our corporate brand;

 – created a global community of 

senior leaders and culture champions, 
supported through an ongoing learning
and development programme;

 – invested in development of our most 
senior leaders to grow not only as 
individual leaders but also as a team of 
role models for the whole organisation; 

employee performance management 
training throughout the whole 
organisation enabling everyone to 
acquire skills and confidence; and

 – introduced a global digital platform to
underpin all our people management 
practices and facilitate global 
communication and connectivity.

Going forward, we will continue to focus 
on developing a globally consistent 
approach to talent management, succession 
planning, reward and leadership 
development. We will also deploy our first 
ever engagement survey, enabling an 
informed direction for our people agenda 
and cultural journey while continuing to 
improve overall performance.

Our evolving culture and underlying values 
have never been more evident than in the 
way that the business responded to 
the COVID‑19 crisis. Our employees have 
acted as One Team, anticipating the future. 
Senior management were transparent with 
all decision‑making throughout the peak of 
the crisis and we have emerged stronger 
than ever. 

Our culture

One Team and anticipation 
Accountability and growth 
Transparent relationships 

Our  

culture behaviours

Our values

Visionary
Commitment 
Menschlichkeit (Humanity)

14 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our response to COVID-19

Since the pandemic began to take hold, 
we have taken decisive action, focusing 
on the following four immediate priorities: 

 – protecting the financial strength of 

the Group to ensure sustainability of
the business. 

 – protecting the health, safety and 

wellbeing of our employees and the 
communities in which we operate;

 – ensuring that our supply chain was 

protected in order to continue delivering
our vaccines to our patients;

 – to keep connected to our doctors and to 
support them in the best way we could; 
and

The response of the entire team to ensure 
that we could successfully balance these 
four challenging priorities, in very uncertain 
times, has been exceptional. Throughout 
this crisis, the Group has clearly 
demonstrated that it lives and breathes 
its values and culture. 

See more on pages 39 and 41

Our values in action

Visionary: 

Commitment:

We are very proud of our dedicated team 
who worked tirelessly to ensure business 
sustainability through the peak of the crisis. 
As the pandemic continues to evolve so 
does the business. The cross‑functional 
Crisis Management Team, who initially met 
daily, are now the Business Evolution Team 
who continue to monitor risks to the supply 
chain, revenue and assess the ongoing 
impact of COVID‑19 to the Group so that 
we may adapt as necessary. 

Across the business, our team is passionate 
about what we do and how we do it. Our 
adjuvant technologies improve therapies by 
increasing their efficacy. This concept has 
been developed further during the 
pandemic. We have shared our adjuvant 
systems technology with biotechs, 
universities and national health authorities 
for pre‑clinical evaluations to enable 
potential synergies with COVID‑19 vaccine 
development. The Group acted fast at the 
beginning of this crisis and learnt many 
lessons relating to digitalisation, working 
remotely and how and when to 
communicate. Moving forward, we are 
proactively developing the ideas and new 
ways of working so that we are a business 
well prepared for the post‑COVID‑19 world.

Menschlichkeit 
(Humanity): 

From the very beginning of the crisis, the 
business responded by asking “What can I 
do to help?”. This question was being asked 
to our employees whose job role required 
them to continue coming to site daily, 
and to our employees who suddenly found 
themselves isolated working at home. 
We asked the question to our local hospitals 
and health centres and were able to provide 
them with essential PPE. We asked the 
question to our doctors and physicians to 
ease some of their anxieties for their return 
to work. We considered the pandemic itself, 
and very quickly established a COVID‑19 
testing laboratory in Spain.

See more on pages 39 and 41

See more on pages 22 to 25

See more on pages 22 to 25

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

15

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportMacro and micro trends

The 
opportunity

Allergy Therapeutics is well placed to respond 
to the trends driving demand for immunotherapy.

Macro trends

Increase in pollen allergy 
potential due to:
 – Increase in personal hygiene and 
spread of the Western lifestyle.

Rapid increase in food allergies due to: 
 – Changes in diet associated with the 
Western lifestyle such as low fibre 
and high sugar.

 – Urbanisation and changes in social 

 – Lack of exposure to certain foods 

mobility.

(e.g. peanut) at an early enough age.

 – Climate change and associated changes 

to allergenic components.

 – Reduction in exposure to sunlight and 
subsequent decrease in vitamin D. 

 – Increases in pollution causes pollen, 
paired with particles, to cause more 
serious effects.

Use of probiotics to address 
respiratory and food allergies 
 – The microbiome is recognised as being
important to wellbeing and changes in 
gut health have been associated with 
allergy.

 – Research into the microbiome and the 
relationship between preventing or 
curing allergic diseases is ongoing.

Digitalisation and AI in medicine
 – Thanks to improved technology 

platforms, greater analysis of clinical 
and patient data will be possible, 
allowing refined treatments based on 
real clinical experience from other 
patients.

 – Digitalisation of medical records could 
allow better analysis of allergy changes 
in the population and treatment 
optimisation.

 – Mobile apps are increasingly supporting
patients and doctors in managing their 
disease and adherence to treatments.

State-of-the-art biotechnology 
developments such as VLP could permit 
precise and targeted removal of allergy
 – The VLP platform aims to induce 

protective immunity, enabling shorter 
therapy duration and an enhanced 
tolerability profile in disease areas such 
as peanut allergy.

16 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Micro trends

Regulatory landscape
 – Regulators in Europe are increasing
their focus on ensuring medicines 
are registered and fit for purpose.

 – The Group’s experience within the 
German TAV process leaves us well 
placed to meet these guideline changes.

Adherence and convenience
 – Adherence is an issue for all medicines.

 – Medications should be easy to adhere 
to and should be convenient to use.

 – Tablet‑based therapies are convenient, 

but compliance can be an issue.

 – Injections given in a physician’s office 

ensure compliance, and a short course 
treatment regimen aids convenience.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

17

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportMarket overview

Adapting to 
our markets

Allergy Therapeutics continues to maintain a strong 
presence in Europe with established operations in 
19 markets, either directly or via partnerships.

Central Europe  
Germany
Germany is the largest allergy immunotherapy market in Europe and our 
German subsidiary, Bencard Allergie GmbH, is the largest subsidiary of 
Allergy Therapeutics. It has been one of the fastest‑growing companies 
in the allergy sector in Germany over the past two decades.

The German operation is situated in Munich and currently employs 
approximately 150 staff members, including our corporate medical team, 
pharmacovigilance team and a large clinical operations team. The broad 
product portfolio comprises allergen‑specific immunotherapies for 
numerous allergies, including pollen, house dust mite and mould allergies, 
as well as pet and insect allergies. The range also includes probiotics 
available over the counter from pharmacies as supportive medication to 
help with allergy symptoms. Germany remains a key focus for the Group 
with continued strengthening of sales and marketing, which has been 
instrumental to an increase in market share over the past few years.

Although COVID‑19 affected the market, the German team was able 
to increase its sales by nearly 8%. This was mainly driven by the good 
in‑market performance during the high season, but also due to the very 
fast adaption to the new pandemic situation. In addition, a new, patented 
product, ImmunoBON, will be launched within the over the counter 
(“OTC”) area to strengthen the OTC portfolio.

Germany remains the Group’s main market, 
generating approximately 61% of the Group’s 
revenue in the 12 months ending 30 June 2020. 

“ Bencard Allergie is the 
largest subsidiary of Allergy 
Therapeutics. It has been 
one of the fastest‑growing 
companies in the allergy 
sector in Germany over the 
past two decades.”

René Kreis 
Managing Director 
Germany

Austria
The Austrian market has grown by 7% in the last fiscal year, boosted by 
the thriving sublingual tablet market (+25%). 

The Austrian subsidiary managed to maintain sales at a similar level to 
last year in a highly competitive market. The COVID‑19 crisis affected the 
country in a similar way to Germany. In the forthcoming year, the COVID‑19 
crisis may offer new opportunities in terms of product characteristics 
(ultra‑short therapy) and continuous medical education (digitalisation). 
Growth within the market is expected over the coming years.

Switzerland
This year, the Swiss subsidiary was able to significantly capitalise 
on opportunities in the Swiss allergy market created by competitors 
reducing their portfolio or having supply problems. The Group’s agile 
supply chain has been able to react to market forces and supply the 
gap in the market, allowing the Swiss team to grow sales at a strong rate. 
Early signs indicate that this opportunity may continue in the coming year. 
Plans are also underway to introduce new products into the market. 
The COVID‑19 impact on Switzerland was similar to Germany with a 
fairly minor impact on sales.

“ This year, our Swiss 
subsidiary was able to 
further and significantly 
capitalise on opportunities in 
the Swiss allergen 
immunotherapy market 
because the competitors 
have significantly reduced 
their portfolio.” 

Martin Graff 
General Manager 
Switzerland

18 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our response to COVID-19
In response to the COVID‑19 pandemic, Allergy Therapeutics 
is expanding its facilities in Alcalá de Henares (Madrid) to 
incorporate a SARS‑COV‑2 coronavirus diagnostic test into 
the portfolio using the RT‑PCR technique (real‑time polymer 
chain reaction).

Our top priority has always been the wellbeing of our staff, 
healthcare professionals and our patients. Our culture and 
philosophy has moved all of us at Allergy Therapeutics to 
do our best to contribute to the relief effort during this 
difficult time.

Southern Europe 
Italy
The Italian immunotherapy market has decreased 5% in value over the 
last ten months. The market remains dominated by sublingual products 
and, during the COVID‑19 crisis, patients were strongly recommended 
to avoid entering clinics by doctors’ associations. The market is 
slowly recovering.

Northern Europe 
Netherlands
The market in the Netherlands grew sharply this year (20.7% 
IMS MAT April 2020) helped by the continued leading growth of 
Allergy Therapeutics (+21.1%) and the mite tablet product launched 
by a competitor a few years ago. The market is dominated by Allergy 
Therapeutics and ALK.

A key challenge remains public tenders in the hospitals in certain regions 
and conditions imposed by the regulatory institution (AIFA) relating to the 
interpretation of existing local legislation regarding the prescription and 
commercialisation of named‑patient products.

The Italian team plan to maintain market position by leveraging a sublingual 
house dust mite campaign and protecting market share in SCIT therapies.

Outside immunotherapy, the Italian synbiotic market remains one of the 
largest in Europe and it represents a complementary key business for the 
Group. Our approach is to keep focus on atopic dermatitis, allergy and 
the food intolerance segment.

Spain
The overall allergen immunotherapy market in Spain grew 3% over the last 
year with the SCIT segment growing 7%. The Group’s advanced allergoid 
products puts the Spanish team in a strong position to achieve further 
growth in the coming years. Spain continues to be a valuable market, 
with approximately 335,000 immunotherapy patients a year. Of the 
injectable immunotherapy products, modified allergens remain the 
treatment of choice for Spanish physicians, with Pollinex Quattro 
and Acarovac Plus the best‑selling products in the Spanish market. 
The COVID‑19 crisis did affect the market quite badly with most clinics 
being in hospitals that only allowed patients suffering from COVID‑19 in. 
The business has worked hard to support doctors and patients and 
expects the market to recover. The business has also moved into 
COVID‑19 testing using the Company laboratory at Alcalá, near Madrid.

COVID‑19 has not impacted the Netherlands market as much as other 
markets and it has rebounded robustly.

The Dutch subsidiary continued its strong growth with the grass and tree 
therapies. This growth is driven by a strong service before sales strategy 
and the return on marketing and sales investments. Looking forward, 
despite the launch of a competing tree tablet, the team expects to 
continue their position as the fastest‑growing company in the Dutch 
market with the SCIT pollen product Pollinex (24.1% market share/MAT 
April 2020) and furthering the growth of Oralair. 

UK
The UK is the Group’s home market and whilst small in comparison to 
other subsidiaries, it is an important market to sustain. Whilst currently 
there is limited use of allergy vaccines in the UK due to the constraints of 
the unique national health service, there is potential for this to change and 
the Group has focused on marketing to the medical community to 
promote greater awareness of more suitable treatment options. Pollinex 
Grasses & Rye and Pollinex Trees are the only SCIT products registered in 
the UK. COVID‑19 has affected the market quite significantly but it is now 
returning to normal.

Emerging markets 
The Group continues to develop new markets with 
significant economic potential across the world as well as 
looking to introduce new products into existing markets. 

“ The advanced allergoid 
products at Allergy 
Therapeutics allow the 
Group to be in a strong 
position to achieve further 
growth in the coming years.”

Glória Garcia 
Directora General 
Spain

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

19

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportBusiness model

How we 
create value

Our business model 
enables us to achieve 
our purpose of 
transforming lives.

Our resources

01
Income generated 
from operations:

The income we generate 
will grow our business.

02
Specialist 
expertise:

The specialist expertise of 
our employees drives 
and inspires us to 
transform lives.

03
Innovation:

We are a global 
pioneering team, 
innovating to advance 
treatments in 
immunotherapy.

Underpinned by our 
culture and values

See more on pages 14 and 15

20 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

What we do

How we create  
value for stakeholders

Research & Development 
(key to future growth)

Focus on:

– new pipeline products such as VLP peanut;

and

– marketed products for serious reactions to

allergens such as house dust mites,
venom and pollens.

Manufacturing

We maintain quality grade A manufacturing 
facilities in the UK and Spain which produce our 
medicines for sale and any clinical trial batches. 
Investment was made into our Spanish facilities 
during 2019/20 to mitigate any potential adverse 
impact of Brexit.

Sales

As a result of our growth strategy, we sell our 
products in 19 markets and plan to expand into 
the US and other new markets, transforming the 
lives of more patients worldwide.

See more on pages 26 to 37

We are ambitious people who transform lives through 
the ideas we develop and bring to market. Our values 
shape how we work every day, enabling us to maintain a 
high‑achieving culture with a single global mindset.

For investors:

We create value through strong growth in our markets 
and our pipeline developments.

See more on pages 22 and 23

For patients:

We strive to deliver the best immunology treatments 
for patients. We transform lives for the better.

See more on pages 22 and 23

For our employees:

We offer our employees the opportunity to grow 
careers and make a real difference to the business.

See more on pages 22 and 23

For healthcare professionals:

Healthcare professionals rely on our quality products, 
our knowledge and our trusted partnerships to deliver 
the best care for their patients.

See more on pages 24 and 25

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

21

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOur stakeholders

We believe that the success of our business is down to 
the collaborative culture and strong working relationships 
we have built with our stakeholders.

For Allergy Therapeutics, engaging with our 
stakeholders is an integral part of how we 
operate as a business. We actively seek 
to understand what really matters to our 
stakeholders and ensure that we take this 
into account in our decision‑making, both at 
a strategic and an operational level. 

This engagement enables us to continue to 
make and deliver our products to patients 
around the world, and maintain a motivated 
workforce and dependable supply chains. 
It encourages customer confidence in our 
products and helps us maintain close 
relationships with healthcare professionals. 

In the table below and on the following 
pages, we set out our key stakeholder 
groups, their material issues and how we 
engage with them. 

Our key  
stakeholders

Key issues for them 

How we engage /

engagement through the year

Links to other 

relevant content

Investors
We actively engage with our investors to support a full 
understanding of our business, progress against our strategic 
priorities and to address any concerns.

 – Sustainable business performance and growth

Investor meetings and roadshows that mostly align with financial results include the CEO and

Governance: see page 61

 – Return on investment

 – Clinical performance

 – Financial performance

 – ESG (environmental, social and governance)

Our people
Our people are essential to our success and growth. 
We recognise that we need a skilled and committed 
workforce, with a diverse range of experience and 
perspectives.

 – Fulfilling and rewarding work

 – Health, safety and wellbeing

 – Company culture and reputation

 – Opportunities for learning and career development 

 – Compensation and benefits

 – Opportunities to make a difference

CFO, provide the forum for discussions on strategic progress, financial and operational

performance, and other matters relevant to shareholders.

The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders, including non‑institutional ones, to hear directly

from the Board on the Group’s performance and strategic direction and to ask questions.

The Company communicates with its shareholders generally through regular results and strategy

announcements and has a comprehensive website on which detailed Company information

is available.

During the year, the Executive Team discussed how to improve employee engagement.

The Group’s geographical and cultural diversity reflects our seven main operating sites and

over 600 workers, making effective Group‑wide engagement sometimes a difficult task.

Over the last 12 months we have delivered a significant amount of training to all employees

as a way of upskilling and engaging them. We have listened to their feedback regarding a globally

consistent performance management process. To continue this focus, our Executive Team have

communicated our business strategy and immediate objectives for the year ahead through the

use of video and team meetings. We continue to find new ways to engage and communicate with

all employees. Recently we introduced a new quarterly digital global newsletter and a social

networking site for the business. Other initiatives included ‘under the spotlight’, where

employees can join a webinar with one of our Executive members to ask questions and learn

about the business.

Our targeted employee ‘pulse surveys’ deployed during COVID‑19 have provided a valuable

insight into how our people are feeling and enabled us to take specific actions to improve the

workplace where possible. We recognise that we must continue to improve employee

engagement and we will launch our first ever employee engagement survey this autumn.

The results of the study will provide a benchmark for our business in our sector. It will be

presented to the Board, informing and influencing our employee strategy.

Operating responsibly –

our people: see page 38

Our strategy: see page 10

Our patients 
Our patients rely on us to produce products that can help to 
transform their quality of life. Every day we make a difference 
to the lives of patients through the provision of high quality 
products with good safety and efficacy profiles.

 – Improving quality of life

 – Efficacy

 – Product safety 

 – Convenience 

For our consumer healthcare products, we engage with patients via digital channels

(websites, social media), advertising (across multiple media, including TV, print media and

Operating responsibly –

our commitment to patients:

in‑store promotions in pharmacies and retail stores), in addition to providing basic product

see page 40

information as part of our Medical Information function. For prescription‑only medicines,

our direct engagement with patients is much more limited, due to regulatory constraints

governing promotional activities.

Our business model: see pages

20 and 21

22 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our key 

stakeholders

Investors

We actively engage with our investors to support a full

understanding of our business, progress against our strategic

priorities and to address any concerns.

– Sustainable business performance and growth

Key issues for them 

– Return on investment

– Clinical performance

– Financial performance

– ESG (environmental, social and governance)

Our people

Our people are essential to our success and growth.

We recognise that we need a skilled and committed

workforce, with a diverse range of experience and

perspectives.

– Fulfilling and rewarding work

– Health, safety and wellbeing

– Company culture and reputation

– Opportunities for learning and career development

– Compensation and benefits

– Opportunities to make a difference

Section 172 statement and 
stakeholder engagement 
Statement regarding section 172 of the UK 
Companies Act 2006 and our commitment to 
transparent and constructive dialogue with 
our stakeholders:

The Board is required to take into account 
wider stakeholder and social responsibilities 
and their implications for long‑term success; 
the Company is also required to report on 
how the Directors have carried out their 
section 172 duties throughout the year. 
During the year, the Directors consider that 
they have acted and made decisions that 
would most likely promote the success of 
the Group for the benefit of its members 
as a whole, with particular regard for: 

(a)  the likely consequences of any decision in
the long term: see our business model on 
pages 20 and 21 and the principal risks 
and uncertainties section from page 45; 

of business conduct: see our 
operating responsibly section from 
page 38 and the principal risks and 
uncertainties section from page 45; and

(b)  the interests of the Group’s employees: 
see our people section on pages 22 
and 23; 

(c)  the need to foster the Company’s 

business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others: see section where 
we detail our stakeholder engagement on 
pages 24 and 25;

(d)  the impact of the Company’s operations 
on the community and environment: see 
our operating responsibly section from 
pages 38 to 42;

(e)  the desirability of the Company 

maintaining a reputation for high standards 

(f)  the need to act fairly to all members of 

the Company: the corporate governance 
section from page 61 outlines the ways in 
which the Board and management interact 
with and communicate to shareholders. 

The following pages outline our key 
stakeholder groups, how we interact with 
them and how the Board considers their 
interests and opinions during its discussions 
and decision‑making processes. Going 
forward, we want to increase our 
stakeholder awareness, and do more to 
strengthen our Directors’ understanding of 
the broad range of views expressed by 
Allergy Therapeutics’ stakeholders.

How we engage / 
engagement through the year

Investor meetings and roadshows that mostly align with financial results include the CEO and 
CFO, provide the forum for discussions on strategic progress, financial and operational 
performance, and other matters relevant to shareholders. 

The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders, including non‑institutional ones, to hear directly 
from the Board on the Group’s performance and strategic direction and to ask questions.

The Company communicates with its shareholders generally through regular results and strategy 
announcements and has a comprehensive website on which detailed Company information 
is available. 

Links to other  
relevant content

Governance: see page 61

During the year, the Executive Team discussed how to improve employee engagement. 
The Group’s geographical and cultural diversity reflects our seven main operating sites and 
over 600 workers, making effective Group‑wide engagement sometimes a difficult task. 

Operating responsibly – 
our people: see page 38

Our strategy: see page 10

Over the last 12 months we have delivered a significant amount of training to all employees 
as a way of upskilling and engaging them. We have listened to their feedback regarding a globally 
consistent performance management process. To continue this focus, our Executive Team have 
communicated our business strategy and immediate objectives for the year ahead through the 
use of video and team meetings. We continue to find new ways to engage and communicate with 
all employees. Recently we introduced a new quarterly digital global newsletter and a social 
networking site for the business. Other initiatives included ‘under the spotlight’, where 
employees can join a webinar with one of our Executive members to ask questions and learn 
about the business.

Our targeted employee ‘pulse surveys’ deployed during COVID‑19 have provided a valuable 
insight into how our people are feeling and enabled us to take specific actions to improve the 
workplace where possible. We recognise that we must continue to improve employee 
engagement and we will launch our first ever employee engagement survey this autumn. 
The results of the study will provide a benchmark for our business in our sector. It will be 
presented to the Board, informing and influencing our employee strategy. 

Our patients 

Our patients rely on us to produce products that can help to

transform their quality of life. Every day we make a difference

to the lives of patients through the provision of high quality

products with good safety and efficacy profiles.

– Improving quality of life

– Efficacy

– Product safety 

– Convenience

For our consumer healthcare products, we engage with patients via digital channels 
(websites, social media), advertising (across multiple media, including TV, print media and 
in‑store promotions in pharmacies and retail stores), in addition to providing basic product 
information as part of our Medical Information function. For prescription‑only medicines, 
our direct engagement with patients is much more limited, due to regulatory constraints 
governing promotional activities.

Operating responsibly – 
our commitment to patients: 
see page 40

Our business model: see pages 
20 and 21

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

23

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOur stakeholders continued

Our key  
stakeholders

Healthcare professionals 
(“HCPs”)
Our healthcare professionals rely on us to deliver quality 
products efficiently. 

Key issues for them 

 – Product safety 

 – Cost 

 – Efficacy

 – Availability 

 – Training in the administration of products

to continue to run safely.

Communities
We look to minimise any negative impacts from our operations 
and to support sustainable socio‑economic development and 
growth in our local communities.

 – Local employment opportunities

 – Environmental management 

 – Operational impacts

Governments and regulators 
We look to develop and maintain constructive relationships 
with regulators and the national and local governments of the 
countries in which we operate. 

Suppliers
Our products are essential to transforming the lives of our 
patients. We work to provide safe and quality‑assured 
materials that meet regulatory requirements and industry 
standards across the whole supply chain.

 – Compliance with regulatory, legal and taxation requirements 

Our Executive Team, regulatory teams and operational management engage with governments

R&D report: see pages

 – Transparency

– Transparency in the supply chain

– Responsible sourcing and human rights

– Compliance with laws

– Competitive pricing

– Equitable terms

– Payment terms

How we engage /

engagement through the year

Links to other 

relevant content

The Group liaises with its HCPs regularly through various channels including direct site

Operating responsibly:

visits, online meetings and via sessions at congresses and industry meetings such as symposia

see page 38

and seminars.

As the COVID‑19 pandemic unfolded across our markets, we worked with our HCPs and

supplied Perspex screens, masks and gloves (where local regulations allowed) enabling clinics

We additionally run bespoke training sessions to HCPs and other medical professionals

instructing how to administer and treat patients effectively.

The local communities living near our operations are part of the structure of our business.

Our engagement with these stakeholders is mainly through our operations team. We recognise

Operating responsibly –

our people: see page 38

that through proactive, strategic stakeholder and community engagement we can increase the

Our strategy: see pages 26 and 27

profile of the business, support the local community through school and STEM engagement,

provide apprentice opportunities and work experience. We work with local council groups to

build support from businesses such as Coastal West Sussex Partnership Board, STEaM Ahead

and The Sand Project.

and regulators in the countries in which we operate. Engagement activities are for relationship

32 to 36

building and to advance understanding on specific topics, such as expectations for the

clinical development programme/trials and to understand the requirements of regulators.

Our business model: see pages

20 and 21

Our approach to quality helps us to ensure the products we supply to customers are of the right

Governance: see page 56

quality and safety standards for people and the environment. The supply chain is managed by

our Operations Director who provides regular reports to the Board on any risks. Customers and

other stakeholders are increasing their focus on responsible supply chains. The business has

high expectations for ethical business practices, health and safety and human rights of our

suppliers and procurement partners; all GMP suppliers are subject to quality audits. The Board

recognises that to meet patient expectations and maintain our access to markets, our products

must meet the latest regulatory requirements and industry standards.

24 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our key 

stakeholders

(“HCPs”)

products efficiently.

Healthcare professionals

Our healthcare professionals rely on us to deliver quality

Key issues for them 

– Product safety 

– Cost 

– Efficacy

– Availability

– Training in the administration of products

Communities

We look to minimise any negative impacts from our operations

and to support sustainable socio‑economic development and

growth in our local communities.

– Local employment opportunities

– Environmental management

– Operational impacts

Recognising that our relevance and value 
is in how we work together with 
our customers, suppliers, partners and 
stakeholders to achieve more.

How we engage / 
engagement through the year

Links to other  
relevant content

The Group liaises with its HCPs regularly through various channels including direct site 
visits, online meetings and via sessions at congresses and industry meetings such as symposia 
and seminars.

Operating responsibly:  
see page 38

As the COVID‑19 pandemic unfolded across our markets, we worked with our HCPs and 
supplied Perspex screens, masks and gloves (where local regulations allowed) enabling clinics 
to continue to run safely.

We additionally run bespoke training sessions to HCPs and other medical professionals 
instructing how to administer and treat patients effectively. 

The local communities living near our operations are part of the structure of our business.

Our engagement with these stakeholders is mainly through our operations team. We recognise 
that through proactive, strategic stakeholder and community engagement we can increase the 
profile of the business, support the local community through school and STEM engagement, 
provide apprentice opportunities and work experience. We work with local council groups to 
build support from businesses such as Coastal West Sussex Partnership Board, STEaM Ahead 
and The Sand Project.

Operating responsibly – 
our people: see page 38

Our strategy: see pages 26 and 27

Governments and regulators 

We look to develop and maintain constructive relationships

with regulators and the national and local governments of the

countries in which we operate.

Suppliers

Our products are essential to transforming the lives of our

patients. We work to provide safe and quality‑assured

materials that meet regulatory requirements and industry

standards across the whole supply chain.

– Compliance with regulatory, legal and taxation requirements

– Transparency

Our Executive Team, regulatory teams and operational management engage with governments 
and regulators in the countries in which we operate. Engagement activities are for relationship 
building and to advance understanding on specific topics, such as expectations for the 
clinical development programme/trials and to understand the requirements of regulators. 

R&D report: see pages  
32 to 36

Our business model: see pages 
20 and 21

– Transparency in the supply chain

– Responsible sourcing and human rights

– Compliance with laws

– Competitive pricing

– Equitable terms

– Payment terms

Our approach to quality helps us to ensure the products we supply to customers are of the right 
quality and safety standards for people and the environment. The supply chain is managed by 
our Operations Director who provides regular reports to the Board on any risks. Customers and 
other stakeholders are increasing their focus on responsible supply chains. The business has 
high expectations for ethical business practices, health and safety and human rights of our 
suppliers and procurement partners; all GMP suppliers are subject to quality audits. The Board 
recognises that to meet patient expectations and maintain our access to markets, our products 
must meet the latest regulatory requirements and industry standards.

Governance: see page 56

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

25

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportStrategic framework

Our  
strategic pillars

Our strategy is based 
on the three pillars of 
our business.

Three pillars 
of business

01

Expanding 
in Europe

02

Strong pipeline

03

US entry

26 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Strategic 
priorities

Progress  
in 2019-20

Objectives  
for 2020-21

 – Strongly performing profitable 

business

 – Growing existing market share, 
additional product registrations 
and entering new markets

 – Drive market position by 

world‑class supply chain and 
increased patient adherence

£78.2m

Net sales of 
£78.2m 
(2019: £73.7m)

96%

Delivery of vaccines 
on time and in full by 
supply chain

7%

Growth in sales 
at constant rates

25%

Continued strong 
growth in pre‑R&D 
operating profit

 – New technologies underpin 
pipeline depth in convenient
products

 – Investment strategy supported by 

growing revenue streams

Peanut scale‑up progressing 
well with first human trial 
expected in 2021

Licence agreement with VLP 
partner for exciting new 
treatment areas including 
cancer and asthma 

Learnings of Birch MATA MPL 
trial integrated in next Grass 
MATA MPL trial

Continued strong growth 
of sales and market share

Improve pre‑R&D 
profitability further

Launch ImmunoBON 

Complete initial in vitro 
human cell peanut trial

Start pre‑clinical evaluation 
work for immunotherapy 
VLP products 

 – Significant opportunity in largest 

allergy market

 – Develop market access approach

and relationships

 – Secure funding for successful 
clinical development plans to 
deliver market access strategy

Grass 309 protocol submitted 
to the IND

Successful G309 trial 

Discussion with US KOLs in 
respect of peanut development 
and impending trial

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

27

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOur products

Our 
products

The Group sells a wide range of 
aluminium-free allergy therapies and 
diagnostics. The majority of revenue 
arises from sales of allergy therapies.

“Since specific immunotherapy 
was first carried out 
successfully in the early 
20th Century, it has become 
established as the only therapy 
that addresses the cause of 
serious allergic reactions.”

28 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our products
The Group sells both injectable and 
sublingual (oral) allergen‑specific 
immunotherapies. The most commonly 
prescribed are those for the treatment 
of pollen‑related allergies, particularly 
for allergies to grasses, weeds and trees. 
The therapies trade under various brand 
names depending on the market, 
e.g. Pollinex Quattro, Polligoid and TA Gräser 
Top. Our extensive range of well 
characterised diagnostics includes in excess
of 80 diagnostics in Germany with marketing 
authorisations and specialised allergens for 
other markets.

According to the current opinion of expert 
immunologists, immunoglobulin E (“IgE”) 
mediated allergies (type I allergies) are due 
to deregulation of the T helper lymphocyte 
(“Th”) cells. 

Whereas healthy people develop tolerance 
to allergens, allergy sufferers have a 
Th2‑dominated immune response with 
increased IgE and corresponding clinical 
symptoms. This deregulation of the immune 
system can be counteracted efficiently using 
specific immunotherapy (“SIT”).

By administering high doses of allergen in 
a controlled fashion, the balance between 
Th1 and Th2 response to the allergen can 
be restored. Since SIT was first carried out 
successfully by Leonard Noon in 1911, it has 
become established as the only therapy 
addressing the cause of type I allergies.

Pollinex Quattro
Pollinex Quattro, launched in 1999, 
heralded a transformation in immunotherapy 
by introducing allergy vaccination with only 
four injections per course.

The short course regime can be achieved 
due to the use of microcrystalline tyrosine 
(“MCT®”) adsorbed allergoids, an improved 
extract allergen that has been modified in 
order to lower allergenicity while maintaining 
most of the immunogenicity, and the 
innovative adjuvant monophosphoryl‑lipid A 
(“MPL”). An adjuvant is a substance which 
improves the immune response to an 
antigen or allergen.

MPL is derived from a lipopolysaccharide 
(“LPS”) which is obtained from the cell wall of 
Salmonella Minnesota R595 using a process 
of extraction, purification and detoxification. 
As a vaccine adjuvant, MPL has been used 
for many years. Vaccines containing MPL 
have been evaluated in various indications 
such as cervical cancer and malaria at 
GlaxoSmithKline (“GSK”). Two vaccines 
with an adjuvant system containing 
MPL – Fendrix, a hepatitis B vaccine, 
and Cervarix, a HPV vaccine to protect 
against cervical cancer – have received 
broad approval in Europe, the US, Japan 
and Canada.

The adjuvant effect of MPL in SIT has been 
documented in numerous studies and is 
seen in its essential role of promoting the 
switch from a Th2‑directed immune 
response (with IgE induction) to a 
Th1‑directed immune response. 

Oralvac
Our sublingual product is Oralvac Compact 
with a dosing schedule which allows for a 
more rapid and simple escalation of dosage, 
making treatment more convenient for 
patients and doctors. 

The course can be taken by the patient in 
their own home and is raspberry flavoured 
for improved patient compliance.

Wasp and bee treatment is provided by our 
freeze‑dried Venomil product, which can be 
used via a ‘rush’ dosing regimen.

Synbiotics
Synbiotics are special formulations of 
prebiotics and probiotics. Synbiotics act as 
bio‑immunomodulators of the immunologic 
response. In June 2012, the Group launched 
three new synbiotic products (Kallergen‑Th, 
ATI‑Prob and Pollagen) across Spain and 
Italy. Since then, Austria and Germany have 
also been added. In 2013, the Group 
launched a further new synbiotic product, 
Syngut, specifically designed for food and 
lactose intolerance. The products contain 
specific combinations of Lactobacilli and 
Bifidobacteria.

Between 2015 and 2016, two further 
products were launched in line with the WAO 
guidelines for atopic dermatitis prevention: 
our first synbiotic in drops, Kallergen Baby, 
for the prevention of atopic dermatitis in 
children from birth to three years old; and 
Kallergen Mamy for pregnant women with 
high risk of atopic disease.

Acarovac Plus
Acarovac Plus is a novel MCT‑adsorbed, 
modified‑allergen product developed to 
address the cause of perennial mite allergy. 
The product has been standardised to 
meet a dose regime consistent with ‘one vial’ 
convenience. Clinical evaluation has been 
completed demonstrating excellent patient 
tolerability and serological analyses 
consistent with a favourable shift in Th1/Th2 
balance compared with an unmodified 
version of the product (one‑year follow‑up 
study with Dr Albert Roger, Director of the 
Allergy Unit at Hospital Universitari Germans 
Trias i Pujol, Barcelona, Spain).

Penicillin diagnostics
DAP is a product for exclusive use in 
the diagnosis of type I, or immediate 
hypersensitivity to benzyl penicillin and 
related antibiotics (beta lactams) by means 
of cutaneous tests (prick and intradermal). 
Allergic reactions to beta lactams are the 
most common cause of severe adverse 
drug reactions and there is an increasing 
prevalence in the population. DAP is 
supplied to Italy, the UK and the Netherlands.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

29

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOur products continued

Our 
products

Acarovac Plus is a novel MCT-adsorbed, 
modified-allergen product developed to 
address the cause of perennial mite allergy.

Modified Allergen 
(Allergoid)

Native 
Allergen

Recombinant 
Allergen

Microcrystalline 
Tyrosine (“MCT”)

Monophosphoryl 
Lipid A (“MPL”)

Virus-Like 
Particles (“VLP”)

Pollinex

Pollinex 
Quattro

Oralvac

Acarovac 
Plus

Acarovac 
MPL

Venomil

Peanut

30 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Strategy in action

ImmunoBON

“We have packaged the 
long‑known ‘farm protection 
effect’ against allergies into 
the lozenge ImmunoBON. 
It strengthens and directs 
the natural immune response 
against allergies. Our latest 
studies prove the mechanism 
of action and show 
improvement of allergy 
symptoms in allergy sufferers.”

Prof. Dr. Erika Jensen-Jarolim
Institute of Pathophysiology and Allergy 
Research, Medical University Vienna

In 2020, the Group signed a commercial 
agreement with Biomedical International 
R+D GmbH for the exclusive rights to 
ImmunoBON, a patented protein‑based oral 
treatment which was developed to replicate 
the reduction in incidence of allergy as seen 
by those who live on a farm with livestock, 
the so‑called ‘farm effect’.

In a pre‑clinical study programme, 
the immunogenicity of the protein 
formulation with the selected ligands was 
proven, as well as the capacity to prevent 
allergic sensitisation1‑5. At the scientific 
congress of the European Academy of 
Allergy and Clinical Immunology in June 2020, 

two poster presentations demonstrated that 
the product significantly reduced allergic 
symptoms in a mouse model6, and also 
among patients in a double‑blind placebo 
controlled pilot study7 when compared 
to placebo treatment. Additionally, a recently 
completed study in an allergen exposure 
chamber (European Centre for Allergy 
Research Foundation, Berlin, Germany) 
revealed significant improvement in allergy 
symptoms in house dust mite allergic 
patients (data on file). The product will initially 
be available in Germany with roll‑out across 
the rest of Europe to follow.

References:
1  Roth‑Walter et al. The Major Cow Milk Allergen 
Bos d 5 Manipulates T‑Helper Cells Depending 
on its Load with Siderophore‑Bound Iron. PLoS 
ONE 9(8): e104803.

4  Hufnagl et al. Retinoic acid‑loading of the 

major birch pollen allergen Bet v 1 may improve 
specific allergen immunotherapy: In silico, 
in vitro and in vivo data in BALB/c mice. Allergy. 
2020;00:1–5.

7  Bartosik et al. Dietary supplementation with 
a new immune tablet ameliorates human 
symptom load during birch pollen season: 
lower B‑cell numbers yet with higher 
intracellular iron. EAACI poster #1213, 2020.

2  Roth‑Walter et al. Bet v 1 from Birch Pollen is 
a Lipocalin‑like Protein Acting as Allergen Only 
When Devoid of Iron by Promoting Th2 
Lymphocytes. J. Biol. Chem. 2014, 
289:17416‑17421.

3  Hufnagl et al. Retinoic acid prevents 

immunogenicity of milk lipocalin Bos d 5 
through binding to its immunodominant T‑cell 
epitope. Scientific Reports 2018; 8:1598.

5  Roth‑Walter et al. Cow milk protein 

beta‑lactoglobulin confers resilience against 
allergy by targeting complexed iron into 
immune cells. JACI 2020, in press (available 
as Journal pre‑proof) doi.org/10.1016/j.
jaci.2020.05.023.

6  Afify et al. Dietary supplementation with a new 
immune tablet reduces antigen presentation 
and allergic symptoms in a poly‑sensitization 
BALB/c model. EAACI poster #1414, 2020.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

31

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportR&D report 

Innovative, broad pipeline 
and marketed products

The Group has implemented mitigation 
strategies to ensure clinical development 
continues despite the COVID‑19 situation. 
The Group’s goal remains to be the first 
allergy immunotherapy company to 
launch a short course, subcutaneous 
and aluminium‑free therapy in the US, 
with Grass MATA MPL being first in line.

The results of this exploratory field study will 
facilitate optimal design and execution of the 
subsequent pivotal Phase III field study. 
The pivotal Grass Phase III study will 
commence in 2022 to allow the learnings of 
the exploratory study to be implemented. 

Grass programme
The Group previously presented the 
positive results from the Phase II Grass MATA 
MPL trial to the PEI and FDA and agreement 
was reached on the appropriate dose to 
progress into Phase III, as well as other 
essential features of the trial design. 

The clinical trial application for the first 
exploratory field study was submitted in 
April 2020 and the trial itself will be initiated 
in H2 2020. This exploratory field study is a 
multi‑centre, randomised, parallel‑group, 
double‑blind, placebo‑controlled 
exploratory study to explore the efficacy 
and safety of the selected Phase III 
cumulative dose of 27600 SU Grass MATA 
MPL. The study will be conducted in 
approximately 12 clinical sites in both 
Europe and the US. Active treatment or 
placebo will be administered in a 2:1 ratio 
to approximately 150 adult subjects with 
moderate to severe seasonal allergic 
rhinoconjunctivitis with or without 
well‑controlled asthma. 

Birch programme
Last year it was communicated that the B301 
Birch Phase III trial did not reach its primary 
endpoint. However, following extensive data 
investigations and discussions with the PEI, 
this year the Group announced that the 
analysis of the primary endpoint of the Birch 
B301 clinical trial has been declared invalid 
due to the influence of eDiary quality issues 
on the study and thus the primary trial 
endpoint cannot be assessed, and thus no 
efficacy conclusion can be drawn from the 
study. The B301 study continues to provide 
important data to positively support the 
immunological and safety profile of Birch 
MATA MPL. 

Importantly, it has been agreed with the PEI 
that Birch MATA MPL remains within the TAV 
process and the product will remain 
available on the German market. A new Birch 
MATA MPL pivotal Phase III study will be 
conducted within the TAV time frame after 
completion of the Grass MATA MPL pivotal 
Phase III trial. The Birch clinical evidence will 
additionally be used to support the Trees 
MATA MPL application.

32 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Method development
The Group continues to strengthen quality 
control and quality assurance of the existing 
portfolio to ensure continued supply by 
taking advantage of new technologies and to 
ensure uninterrupted supply in the event of a 
hard Brexit. Part of the Brexit mitigation 
strategy involved the creation of a laboratory 
at our Spanish site in Alcalá, Madrid. 
Methods performed in the UK will be able 
to be conducted at our new facility to 
safeguard against Brexit uncertainties 
and protect key markets. 

Along with the Brexit campaigns, several 
analytical methods have been updated with 
monoclonal technologies in line with the 
state‑of‑the‑art for key products to 
safeguard delivery of current products and 
multiple methods and validations have been 
implemented, including the introduction of 
new technologies such as High Performance 
Liquid Chromatography (“HPLC”) detectors.

In addition to support for the Group’s existing 
portfolio, the Group’s Method Development 
team have recently collaborated with a 
world‑leading allergen and antibody 
company in the development of new assays 
for our next two generations of products, 
improving characterisation and allowing the 
selection of the most robust technologies to 
support clinical and commercial release.

As a consequence of the COVID‑19 situation, 
the Group has created a new working system 
to allow laboratory workers to alternate 
between operating in the laboratories and 
at home without any impact on testing 
or timelines. 

MATA products meta-analysis
The Group performed an analysis of 
publications that evaluated the safety 
and efficacy of glutaraldehyde‑modified 
and MCT‑adsorbed allergoids for 
allergen‑specific immunotherapy. 

The analysis determined that the clinical 
efficacy and safety had been evaluated in 
several studies including in children and/or 
adults with regards to the treatment of 
allergic patients with MATA. No serious 
side effects were reported in those studies. 
The meta‑analysis concluded that MATA 
products (various allergens) significantly 
improved allergic symptoms and reduced 
the use of anti‑allergic medication in 
comparison to placebo. The study was 
presented at the 2020 London digital 
European Academy of Allergy and Clinical 
Immunology (“EAACI”) congress.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

33

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportR&D report continued

VLP peanut

The symptoms associated with peanut allergy are caused by the body 
reacting to allergens in peanuts. The allergens attach to mast cells via 
surface-bound IgE, that then go on to release histamine, causing the 
symptoms associated with allergy. The VLP peanut vaccine works by 
re-training the body to respond appropriately to the peanut allergens. 
It does this via tricking the immune system into thinking that peanut 
allergens on the surface of the VLPs are part of a virus, and therefore 
activates a different part of the immune system.

VLP peanut
The Group’s innovative peanut vaccine 
focused on a subcutaneous application of 
recombinant peanut allergen coupled with 
its state‑of‑the‑art VLP (virus‑like particle) 
platform with the aim of inducing protective 
immunity is progressing well. 

Following positive meetings with regulatory 
authorities where the first in‑human trial 
design was discussed, the Group is 
progressing the development of the new 
product formulation. Manufacture of 
small‑scale batches of the investigational 
drug are planned for Q3 2020 and a scale 
batch in Q4 2020. A pre‑IND meeting with the 
FDA is planned for Q4 2020 to discuss the 
protocol for the first in‑human study. 

An ex vivo biomarker study is planned using 
the final product formulation to confirm 
translation of its hypo‑allergic potential and 
biomarker profile using blood samples from 
peanut allergic patients, to support 
progression to first in‑human studies. 
Once successful formulation, scale‑up, 
and the supporting pre‑clinical data are 
generated, it is planned to progress to the 
first in‑human clinical trial in H2 2021. 

VLP peanut vaccine: 
proof of concept publication
As part of the development of the vaccine 
against peanut allergy, the Group published 
a proof of concept paper investigating the 
vaccine candidate based on engineered 
virus‑like particles displaying single major 
peanut allergens by Bachmann et al., in the 
Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology. 

The pre‑clinical study suggests that the 
vaccine candidate is immunogenic, 
protective, and non‑reactogenic. 
To generate vaccine candidates, extracts 
of roasted peanut (Ara R) or the single 
allergens Ara h 1 or Ara h 2 were coupled 
to immunologically optimised Cucumber 
Mosaic Virus–derived VLPs (CuMVtt). 
Our data suggest that vaccination using 
single peanut allergens displayed on 
CuMVtt may represent a novel therapy 
against peanut allergy with a favourable 
safety profile.

34 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Vaccination against peanut allergy via virus-like particles

IFN‑γ

Th1 
cell

Activated 
B cell

Peanut VLP 
vaccine

+

APC

CD4+ T 
helper cell

Memory B 
cells

Plasma  
cells

Allergen‑specific  
IgG antibodies

Ara h 1

Ara h 3

IgE

Fc RI

STOP

FcyRIIb

Ara h 2

IgG

Ara h 6

Ara h 4

1

2

3

4

5

Peanut antigens 
displayed on the 
surface of VLPs do 
not illicit an allergic 
reaction because 
they only activate 
a limited number 
of neighbouring 
mast cells.

Instead, the design of 
the vaccine candidate 
allows efficient 
trafficking of VLPs to 
Antigen‑Presenting 
Cells (“APCs”) and 
B cells.

There is therefore 
direct uptake of VLPs 
via APCs where they 
interact with CD4+ T 
helper cells, releasing 
interferon‑gamma 
(IFN‑γ).

The interaction between 
activated B cells 
(subsequent to antigen 
uptake) and Th1 cells is 
essential for long‑lived 
IgG response and 
memory B cell 
response.  

In the presence of high levels 
of IgG antibodies specific for 
a single allergen, IgG–immune 
complexes are formed and inhibit 
IgE‑mediated signals, including 
those from IgE molecules 
cross‑linked by other peanut 
allergens preventing anaphylaxis 
upon accidental exposure.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

35

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
R&D report continued

Our pipeline

Analysis of VLP platform 
in areas outside allergy 
Based on the VLP peanut experience 
and the great potential of this innovative 
VLP platform, the Group recently signed 
an exclusive licence to develop and 
commercialise the use of VLP technologies 
in solid cancer tumours, atopic dermatitis, 
asthma and psoriasis. 

Cytokines have been identified as 
being crucial in the pathogenesis of 
the aforementioned diseases. Current 
approaches to address these disease 
areas have often focused on developing 
treatments that knock out such cytokines. 
Mostly these are monoclonal antibodies 
against the cytokine itself or directed 
against its receptor(s). A limitation of 
such approaches is that their effect is 
rather short lived and hence repeated 
injections are required. 

The use of VLP+MCT is an exciting and 
disruptive approach to generate an active 
vaccine against the appropriate cytokine. 
This concept has many benefits, including 
sustained efficacy and a much lower cost 
for the patient. 

The Group plans to evaluate these new 
therapies via initial pre‑clinical evaluations 
which are planned to begin in 2021 and 
should these studies be successful, move 
forward with clinical development plans and 
discussions with regulatory authorities.

R&D 
pipeline

Pre-clinical

Phase l

Phase ll

Phase lll

Market/Registered

Grass MATA 

Short course SCIT 

Tree MATA 

Short course SCIT 

Ragweed MATA 

Short course SCIT 

Bee Venom SCIT 

Short course SCIT 

Wasp Venom SCIT 

Short course SCIT 

Grass MATA MPL 

Short course Grass SCIT with MPL

Birch MATA MPL  

Short course Birch SCIT with MPL 

Ragweed MATA MPL 

Short course Ragweed SCIT with MPL 

Trees MATA MPL 

Short course Tree SCIT with MPL

Oral Grass, Trees and House Dust Mite 

Sublingual immunotherapy with flexible dosing

Modified Mite Platform  

Short course modified HDM SCIT + MPL

Peanut SCIT 

Short course Peanut SCIT

SCIT:   Subcutaneous Immunotherapy
MATA:  Modified Allergen Tyrosine Adsorbed
VLP candidates under proof-of-concept evaluation for uses in areas outside of allergy including cancer, asthma, psoriasis and atopic dermatitis.

Also available as a  
named-patient product

36 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Strategy in action

US strategy

The Group continues to work towards the 
strategic goal of entry into the US market. 
Our Grass MATA MPL product will be the first 
subcutaneously administered product to 
reach the market should the pivotal field trial 
be successful and the product is approved 
by the FDA regulatory authority. In order to 
maximise the chances of having a 
successful pivotal Phase III field trial and to 
test the learnings from the invalidated Birch 
MATA MPL trial, the Group is undertaking a 
small field trial to test various parameters 
in a trial protocol. 

A significant amount of work has already 
been carried out to select investigators and 
brief key opinion leaders in advance of the 
formal start of the trial. The clinical trial 
application for the exploratory field study 
was submitted in April 2020 and the trial 
itself will be initiated in H2 2020. The trial 
will also provide valuable information 
about regional variability in the US. 

In addition to the work for the Grass trials, 
the R&D team has been busy talking to key 
opinion leaders about the trials and our 
approach. This is critical to ensure the Group 
has a strong base to work from when the 
product gets to the market.

In addition to Grass MATA MPL and its 
associated MATA MPL products (Birch, 
Ragweed and Mite) for the US market, the 
VLP peanut product is also first targeted for 
the US market before launching more widely. 
The USA is the largest potential market for 
peanut allergy sufferers in the world and it 
is also home to a large number of 
knowledgeable and experienced doctors 
who have experience of other treatments 
with a significant patient base. 

This will be very important in setting up and 
running trials to ensure they are successfully 
and speedily recruited. 

The third strand of the US strategy in 
action is the continued work that the Group’s 
management has executed to connect with 
potential US investors. There is a natural 
synergy between developing products for 
the market and looking to potential US 
investors to fund the further trials to ensure 
we have a full portfolio in the US market. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

37

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOperating responsibly

Responsible 
operations

In line with our commitment to transform 
lives, we are committed to conducting our 
business in a responsible way.

Our commitment to operate 
responsibly focuses on four 
core areas: our people, our 
patients, our communities and 
our planet. This is underpinned 
by a commitment to high 
standards of business 
practices.

Our people are at the heart of our business 
and we provide a range of support and 
training opportunities that enable us to 
develop the right talent to implement our 
strategy and help individuals to maximise 
their potential.

We support initiatives that help increase 
young people’s interests and aspirations in 
careers in science, technology, engineering 
and mathematics (“STEM”) and act as an 
Enterprise Adviser for Davison School for 
Girls near our UK headquarters, specifically 
providing girls with a better understanding of 
the wide range of opportunities in a 
STEM‑related career.

We are committed to minimising the impact 
of our operations on the environment and are 
conscious of the principles of conservation: 
reduce, reuse and recycle.

We demand the highest standards of health 
and safety, and ethical practices in areas 
such as modern slavery, tax evasion, bribery 
and corruption, and undertake regular audits 
of suppliers to ensure that they are working 
to the same standards.

Community and environmental initiatives 
across the business are managed by each 
office. This report explains more about our 
activities in each of our areas of focus.

Our people
Our people are the key to our success 
and we are proud of the pioneering and 
ground‑breaking work they carry out that 
can transform a patient’s life.

We aim to develop careers by identifying 
and supporting talented individuals to ensure 
that we have a workforce capable of 
realising our ambitious strategy. We review 
succession planning of our Senior 
Executives at Nomination Committee 
meetings to ensure that the business has 
procedures in place to safeguard continuity 
of leadership. In addition, we are developing 
a globally consistent talent management and 
succession planning approach which we 
plan to implement over the next year.

38 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (“SECR”)

From 1 January 2020, we are required to 
report under the Streamlined Energy and 
Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) regulations and 
our first report of these regulations is set out 
on page 42.

Case study
COVID-19 response

We support our employees to make a 
difference to the business through a 
structured performance management 
process. Achievement of an individual’s 
objectives is rewarded through a 
discretionary bonus. We provide a 
competitive compensation and benefits 
package which includes discretionary share 
awards for eligible employees.

Digitalisation
We are committed to growth and investing 
in technology, both to advance our product 
portfolio and to allow us to operate globally. 
Before COVID‑19, we had already 
established a good practice of working 
globally and virtually by utilising technology, 
having invested in a global finance system 
and a global people system that supports 
the growing business and provides 
consistency in our approach across 
the Group.

COVID‑19 forced the business to work 
in a fully digital way; we are proactively 
developing the lessons learnt and new 
ways of working to prepare us for the future.

Responsible employer 
during the COVID-19 crisis
Our immediate priority at the beginning 
of the crisis was our employees. 
We ensured that anyone whose job role 
meant they must continue to work on site 
felt safe to do so (please see the Health 
and Safety case study for more 
information on page 41) and that our 
employees who suddenly had to work 
remotely had systems in place where 
they still felt connected to the business. 
In the UK, any member of staff who had 
to shield or self‑isolate was paid in full 
and we provided support to any 
employees with childcare or other caring 
responsibilities. Across the Group, we 
put in place initiatives to show our 
employees how much they were 
appreciated during this difficult time. 
When it became clear that the Group 
had not been as impacted by the crisis 
as initially expected, the Executive Team 
agreed to repay any UK furlough monies 
claimed back to the government.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

39

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOperating responsibly continued

Our people continued
Culture and values
Our three core values, Vision, Commitment 
and Menschlichkeit, shape how we work and 
are at the heart of every decision the 
business makes. For more information 
on how we are evolving culture within the 
business, please see pages 14 and 15.

Modern slavery
In accordance with the Modern Slavery Act 
2015, the Board has approved a Modern 
Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement, 
which has been published on our website. 
The statement details the steps we take to 
avoid slavery and human trafficking in our 
own operations and in our supply chain.

Diversity and inclusion 
We believe that every person in the Group 
has a part to play in creating value and we 
understand the benefits of a diverse 
workforce. We believe that diversity 
improves our effectiveness and we will 
continue to address our gender imbalance 
when making future Board and senior 
leadership positions.

Our gender pay gap, while reducing, 
reflects the fact that we have a 
smaller proportion of women than 
men occupying senior leadership roles. 
More information can be found in our 
gender pay gap report on our website  
www.allergytherapeutics.com

We are working towards a consistently 
inclusive environment where differences 
are valued.

Recognising that an inclusive working 
environment is one in which everyone feels 
that they belong, we will be undertaking our 
first employee engagement survey in the 
autumn of 2020 which will help the business 
to implement fair policies and practices and 
inform the business of ways that people can 
work together effectively while continuing to 
work remotely. 

In addition, with our digital people system 
platform, we will be increasingly monitoring 
and taking proactive action to improve 
diversity across the organisation, 
beyond gender.

We believe that our own operations present 
minimal risk, but recognise that a higher level 
of risk is posed by the suppliers we engage 
with to provide goods and services.

In the year ahead, we plan to provide 
further guidance to our employees and 
continue our ongoing engagement and 
audit of our suppliers.

Our patients
Allergies reduce quality of life by preventing 
individuals and their loved ones from 
enjoying the everyday activities that most 
take for granted. At their most severe, 
allergies can be fatal. Whatever the severity 
of an allergy, the wider implications are 
negative. Many patients and their families 
live in fear and can feel isolated or excluded. 
There is no doubt that our work in allergy 
treatment is transforming lives.

For more information on how we engage with 
our patients, please see page 22. 

We strive to deliver the best immunology 
treatments for patients. Our products and 
their associated adjuvant technologies 
address the causes of patient symptoms 
rather than masking them. We believe the 
best products for a thriving business are also 
the best products for patients. Therefore our 
product pipeline reflects this with 
programmes investigating allergens of 
serious concern such as peanut allergy.

Our shorter course treatments take four to 
six injections, over the course of three to five 
weeks. Alternative therapies in the USA can 
take 50–100 injections and up to 15 across 
Europe. Our approach increases efficiency 
for healthcare professionals and frees up 
time for our patients.

Healthcare professionals rely on our quality 
products, our knowledge and our trusted 
partnership to deliver the best care for their 
patients. 96% of our products were 
delivered on time during the year.

Biodegradable adjuvants
Adjuvants are added to vaccines to 
enhance and modify immune responses 
and can increase efficacy and reduce 
the number of injections required for a 
treatment. A number of vaccines use 
aluminium salts as an adjuvant; however, 
in the 1970s we began developing natural 
biodegradable alternatives and, today, all 
our vaccines are aluminium free and feature 
natural adjuvants only.

Our communities
During the year, the Group worked to benefit 
the communities in which we operate and to 
support various allergy‑related initiatives. 
We took part in the ‘Visit Worthing’ 
promotion which featured our Worthing 
laboratories, in addition to working with the 
BBC to highlight Brexit readiness.

A programme has been started with 
‘The Sand Project’ to bring young people 
into the workplace at our UK head office.

During the peak of the COVID‑19 crisis 
we were very proud that our business was 
able to directly help frontline health workers. 
In both the UK and Spain, PPE was donated 
to local hospitals and health centres, and in 
Italy our team raised funds for the COVID‑19 
Intensive Care Unit. 

40 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Case study
Health and safety

“ The business has been able to continue to operate safely 
throughout the pandemic – and this has only been possible through 
the co‑operation, support and dedication of all our employees.”

Risks assessments have been undertaken 
for all employees working at home to ensure 
that they have a safe working environment 
and, if necessary, equipment from the 
office was sent to their homes. 

The mental wellbeing of our employees 
is very important to the business and we 
introduced systems to monitor and identify 
any anxieties across the Group, which 
included undertaking a wellbeing survey. 
We continue to monitor changes to 
government guidelines and introduce 
new measures as necessary. 

Austin Cleary
HS&E Manager

Keeping our people safe and well 
Keeping our people safe and well is our 
absolute priority at Allergy Therapeutics. 
This extends to the safety of our 
contractors, our patients and our local 
communities. The Board of Directors has 
overall responsibility for health and safety 
and this includes approving the health and 
safety strategy and reviewing performance 
at each meeting. 

During the year, we continued to embed 
best practice health and safety standards 
within the business across all our sites; all 
employees and contractors are trained in 
health and safety. During the year we only 
recorded one lost time incident (2019: one).

We care about the health and wellbeing 
of our employees as well as their safety. 
During the year, the business focused on 
raising awareness for those suffering from 
mental health and introduced trained 
Mental Health First Aiders. This wellbeing 
programme delivers regular campaigns, 
training and provides employees with a 
dedicated website with advice and 
guidance on how to improve wellbeing. 

COVID-19 
The second half of the year was dominated 
by the emergence of COVID‑19. This 
presented a challenge for the HS&E and 
management teams to keep the business 
operating whilst protecting those 
manufacturing our products. From the 
outset of the pandemic, new health and 
safety measures were introduced across 
the business. This initially included 
increased cleaning regimes and educating 
employees on smarter health habits such 
as handwashing, cough hygiene and staying 
at home while sick. As the pandemic 
evolved, so did our safety measures. 

We quickly introduced a system of 
working whereby only staff essential to the 
manufacture of our products were allowed 
to be on site. A social distance of two 
metres was implemented throughout the 
offices, and where spaces were too small 
for social distancing, such as in some of our 
laboratories, teams were split and shift 
working introduced. Perspex screens were 
installed around desks in open plan areas, 
and employees wore face masks when 
moving around the site, which had a new 
one‑way system introduced. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

41

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportOperating responsibly continued

Our communities continued
Science, Technology, Engineering 
and Mathematics (“STEM”)
During the year, the Company continued its 
support to activities in STEM subjects in the 
local Sussex community. As a healthcare 
company with a focus on improving allergy 
treatments through advanced technology, 
we want to encourage and support the next 
generation of scientists and healthcare 
professionals.

Bev Lees, the Group Operations Director, 
continued to work with Davison School for 
Girls as an Enterprise Adviser. In addition, 
Bev is a member of the Executive 
Management Group STEaM Ahead for 
Coastal West Sussex. The Company sent its 
apprentices to Davison School for a day to 
support the apprenticeship programme; five 
Year 10 students were provided with work 
experience places involving engineering, 
manufacturing and laboratories. 

We also provided the opportunity for an 
A‑Level student to work on a four‑week 
science project through the Nuffield 
Research placement scheme.

Other initiatives around the Group were the 
continued support for the ‘Aluminium for 
Bread’ charity in Germany where our 
employees collect aluminium and other 
metals to support a children’s charity in 
Bolivia, and support to the Special Olympics 
in Switzerland among others.

Allergy-related initiatives
The Group are platinum sponsors of the 
European Academy of Allergy and Clinical 
Immunology (“EAACI”). EAACI helps drive 
awareness of the existence of allergy 
treatments, supports the training of a new 
generation of allergists and supports 
initiatives into food allergy and awareness.

Additionally, the Group supports a number of 
allergy‑related organisations such as the 
German Association for Allergy and Clinical 
Immunology (“DGAKI”), the German 
Foundation for Prevention of Allergies and 
Respiratory Diseases, the Italian Association 
of Allergists and Immunologists, and the 
Austrian Society of the Paediatricians’ 
allergy education programme.

Our planet
We are committed to responsibly managing 
the environmental impact of our operations 
and the products that we sell. We also 
recognise that using resources efficiently 
and reducing our carbon footprint can help 
to reduce costs. We understand that climate 
change is one of the most serious 
environmental challenges currently 
threatening the global community and we 
know that we have a role to play in reducing 
greenhouse gas emissions.

The energy used to power and heat our 
offices, distribution centres and 
manufacturing facilities is the greatest 
contributor to our carbon footprint and also 
represents a significant cost to the business. 
Throughout the year we have monitored our 
energy usage to identify energy saving 
opportunities in compliance with the Energy 
Saving Opportunity Scheme Regulations 
(“ESOS”). Actions that we have taken in this 
financial year to reduce our energy use in 
Worthing have included lighting upgrades 
to energy efficient systems, and it is 
expected that a voltage optimiser will be 
installed on site which is predicted to save 
around 10% of electrical energy 
(approximately 62,500 kWh based 
on SECR data). 

The Group uses a video conferencing 
communication system, allowing us to 
operate globally while reducing the number 
of flights that we take, therefore reducing our 
overall carbon footprint. Our staff are 
encouraged, where possible, to take trains 
rather than fly when travelling between 
offices or when on business.

We continue to work hard to reduce waste 
within the business. Waste created by 
inefficient use of resources can be costly. 
We operate recycling and waste reduction 
initiatives in all of our offices; we apply the 
‘Waste Hierarchy’ principles when 
segregating our waste and have made efforts 
during the year to reduce single‑use plastic 
waste throughout the Group. 

As a business we want to have a positive 
impact on the planet and during the next 
financial year we will continue to focus on 
reducing our energy consumption and waste 
and will be aligning our efforts and 
commitments across the Group. 

SECR
See below for our statement of carbon 
emissions in compliance with Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) 
covering energy use and associated 
greenhouse gas emissions relating to gas, 
electricity and transport, intensity ratios and 
information relating to energy efficiency 
actions. 

Methodology used in the 
calculation of disclosures
ESOS methodology (as specified 
in Complying with the Energy Savings 
Opportunity Scheme version 6, published by 
the Environment Agency 28/10/2019) used in 
conjunction with Government GHG reporting 
conversion factors.

Current reporting year (July 2019 - June 2020)

Total energy use covering electricity, gas and transport 

Total emissions generated through combustion of gas 

Total emissions generated through use of purchased electricity 

Total emissions generated through use of other fuels 

Total emissions generated through business travel 

Total gross emissions 

Intensity ratio (total gross emissions) 

3,871,339 kWh
10.96 tCO2e
967.05 tCO2e
793.42 tCO2e
8.37 tCO2e
1,779.80 tCO2e
14.01 kgCO2e  
per sqft

42 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
Key performance indicators (“KPIs”)

Strategic objectives

Maximise revenue

KPIs

Maximise funds available 
from operational activities 
for investment in R&D and 
other value‑adding projects

Maximise market share in 
the countries into which  
we sell our products

Revenue at constant exchange rate 
(GBP:EUR exchange rate 1.21)

Total revenue measured at a constant 
budgeted foreign exchange rate

EBITDA excluding R&D 

Profit before interest, tax, depreciation, 
amortisation and research and 
development expenditure

Combination of IMS Health data and 
information collected by independent 
third parties

Countries in which we have a distributor, 
agent or direct sales force

Analysis

Revenue at constant exchange rate 
has grown well compared to the two 
prior years

EBITDA excluding R&D has increased 
year‑on‑year due to sales growth and 
good cost control

The Group continues over the mid term 
to make market share gains based on 
best‑in‑class technology, supply chain 
and sales and marketing team

Graph

Revenue at constant exchange rate1 
£m

EBITDA excluding R&D2 
£m

Operational markets 
Percentage of market share in the 
markets in which we operate

69.3

74.1

62.8

13.4

11.3

16.2

13.6%

14.1%

14.2%

2018

2019

2020

2018

2019

2020

2018

2019

2020

1  GBP:EUR exchange rate 1.21. Constant currency uses prior year weighted average exchange rates to translate current year foreign currency denominated 

revenue to give a year‑on‑year comparison excluding the effects of foreign exchange movements.

2  The 2020 figure has been adjusted to remove the IFRS 16 impact of £1.9m and create like‑for‑like figures.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

43

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportEffective risk management

We recognise that our purpose and mission 
can only be realised through effective 
risk management. 

Our risk management framework and internal 
control systems enable the Group to identify, 
assess and prioritise risks within the 
business and seek to minimise, control and 
monitor their impact. This helps us to meet 
our strategic objectives and deliver the 
long‑term growth and viability of our 
business.

The Board has overall responsibility for 
Group risk management and it is firmly 
embedded within our everyday business 
activities and our culture. Risk is a standing 
agenda item at Board meetings where 
principal and emerging risks are reported, 
together with the actions taken to mitigate 
them. The Board has delegated responsibility 
for the review of the adequacy and 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control 
framework to the Audit Committee. 

The Executive Team are responsible for the 
day‑to‑day operational and commercial 
activity across the Group and are therefore 
responsible for the management of risks in 
their own business functions. 

Senior leaders across the business identify 
and manage the risks for their division or 
function and a risk register is maintained 
which contains all current and emerging 
risks. The severity of each risk is assessed 
through a combination of each risk’s 
likelihood and impact. In assessing 
impact, consideration is given to 
financial, reputational and regulatory 
factors, and risk mitigation plans 
are established. 

Any emerging risks or changes to risk 
profiles are reported and discussed at 
Executive Team meetings. This gives rise 
to a more risk‑aware culture and consistency 
in decision‑making across the organisation in 
line with the corporate strategy. All corporate 
decision‑making takes risk into account, in a 
measured way, while continuing to drive 
business growth. 

The risk framework manages rather than 
eliminates risk and has helped us to 
develop a more risk‑aware culture. 

Risk management structure

Board
Overall responsibility for 
risk management framework 
and internal controls across 
the Group.

The 
Executive 
Team
Identifies and manages risk on a 
day‑to‑day basis. Maintains a risk 
register where impact and 
probability of risks are 
assessed. Mitigation 
strategies 
implemented.

Audit 
Committee
Monitors internal control 
framework. Reviews and 
discusses risks, controls and 
mitigation measures.

Reports to the Board on 
its work and conclusions

Reports to the 
Audit Committee

44 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Principal risks and uncertainties

The Board has overall responsibility for 
the Group’s system of risk management.

In common with many pharmaceutical companies, the Group faces a number of risks and uncertainties. 
Internal controls are in place to help identify, manage and mitigate these risks.

Risk

Description of  
risk and impact

Mitigation

Developments 
in 2020

Commercially 
successful 
products

Production

Product 
liability

 – Continued development of 

viable new products and their 
successful registration and 
marketing is key to the 
success of the Group and is 
a costly and lengthy process. 
Rationale for new product 
development may indicate 
potential; however, following 
significant investment there is 
no guarantee that a product 
will be commercially 
successful.

 – A significant majority of the 

Group’s products are 
manufactured on the 
Worthing site, which is shared 
with GSK. Any disruption to 
production caused by internal
or external factors could 
materially affect the 
business. 

 – The site is also leased from 
GSK and therefore there is a 
mid‑term risk that the lease 
is terminated. 

 – Any failure in production 

could lead to a product recall.

 – Despite extensive product 

testing prior to market launch, 
products may produce 
unanticipated adverse side 
effects that may hinder their 
marketability. The Group may 
be insufficiently covered for 
any potential litigation which 
in some cases can potentially 
be open‑ended. 

 – The Group’s manufacturing 
facilities and those of some 
of its suppliers are subject to 
regulatory requirements and 
there is a risk that such 
facilities may not comply 
with such requirements.

 – Business development 
work with key opinion 
leaders in new markets 
or in relation to new 
products to ease entry 
into the market.

 – Market research 
for new products.

 – Continuing to increase 
market share of current 
products across 
Europe as well as 
developing new 
markets to spread risk. 

 – Start of new 

registrations for 
approved products
in other markets.

 – Continued growth 
in sales in the year.

 – Increase in number 

of candidate products 
in pipeline.

 – New products on the 

market in 2021.

 – Regular maintenance 
and upgrade of the 
facility is undertaken. 

 – Cyber training and 

review of procedures 
complete.

 – Recovery plan in place. 

 – Upgrade of certain 

software and 
approach following 
review.

 – Good communication 
with GSK over the 
period. 

 – Assessment of 

suppliers in the year 
to identify any 
weaknesses. 

 – The Group has had 
audits by regulators 
in the UK, Spain and 
Switzerland last year 
and in Spain this year 
which have not 
identified any critical 
issues.

 – In respect of the lease, 

the Group has 
negotiated a longer 
termination notice 
period and has a 
contingency plan 
in place. 

 – IT disaster recovery 

plan. 

 – Maintenance of 
product liability 
insurance and ensuring 
systems and 
processes relating to 
the manufacture of its 
products are compliant 
and regularly reviewed.

 – Pharmacovigilance 
team in place to 
monitor and address 
any safety issues 
arising including 
non‑compliance in the 
treatment of patients. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

45

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportDevelopments 
in 2020

 – In several areas, 
the Group has 
strengthened its 
control through new 
patents and new, 
complex processing
methods.

 – Two new products 
are in development 
that should reach 
the market in the 
next year or so.

 – Reimbursement 
levels have 
remained stable 
over the year and, 
in certain cases, 
price rises have 
been allowed. 

 – A review has been 
undertaken of all 
key suppliers to 
assess risk and 
dual‑source supply
where possible. 

Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Description of  
risk and impact

Mitigation

Intellectual 
property

Economic

 – Know‑how protected 
by non‑disclosure 
agreements.

 – Internal and external 

patent experts. Internal 
controls are in place to 
avoid disclosure of 
patentable material 
and to protect 
existing patents.

 – Arrangements are in 

place to notify the Group 
of any infringements of 
our intellectual property 
which it would defend 
robustly.

 – Exploratory field trials 
to maximise probability
of success in Phase III 
trials.

 – Continuous effort to 
expand its revenue 
outside Germany as 
well as diversify into 
adjacent markets. 

 – Development of new 

products and increase
in clinical data to 
protect market 
position. 

 – Regular reviews are 

conducted of pricing 
and reimbursement 
levels and assessments 
of healthcare reforms 
on pricing.

 – Patents may be challenged at any 

time and any unsuccessful 
defence may cause the Group to 
lose protection for its products 
and subsequently affect further 
development and sales. 

 – The Group is reliant on some 

intellectual property owned by 
external stakeholders that, if lost, 
could hinder the commercialisation
of some of its products.

 – A high level of risk is attached to 
the research, development and 
commercialisation of innovative 
drugs. The Group ensures that 
business cases are scrutinised 
before Board approval and that 
any increases in costs are justified. 

 – Competitors may reduce prices or
increase sales investment, making 
maintaining market share less 
profitable. 

 – Key suppliers may be unable to 

execute contractual requirements 
that hamper product development,
the route to markets or current 
sales, but the Group maintains 
appropriate measures to protect 
its supply chains where possible. 

 – The Group may be unable to 

attract partners or licensees on 
favourable terms or recruit the 
right staff to help develop and 
market its products.

 – Approximately 61% (2019: 61%) of 
Group sales are made in Germany 
and therefore Group results are 
particularly sensitive to German 
legislation and government policies 
and performance of the German 
market. 

 – Pharmaceutical products are 

subject to far greater controls on 
price in certain markets than other 
products in the marketplace. 

 – Some governments intervene 

directly in setting price levels and 
rebates paid into public sick funds, 
especially with an increasing aged 
population in developed countries. 
The Group cannot accurately 
predict when, where and how such 
controls and restrictions may be 
altered, either to its benefit or 
detriment.

46 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Risk

Description of  
risk and impact

Mitigation

Developments 
in 2020

EU 
referendum

 – The referendum in the UK to leave 
the EU could pose a significant risk 
for the Group. 

 – Mitigation in relation to 
currencies is noted 
under financial risks. 

 – Completion of cold 
storage facilities in 
Alcalá, Spain.

 – Short‑term risk: the referendum 

 – In relation to other 

 – Creation of a 

Financial

outcome has and may continue to 
impact exchange rates and 
investor confidence. 

 – Medium‑term risk impact is not 

clear given the uncertain nature of 
the future arrangements between 
the UK and the rest of the EU. 

 – Significant potential areas of risk 

are regulatory, fiscal and financial.

 – Adequate funding may not be 
available to the Group, either 
through reserves or external 
partners, for the advancement of 
clinical trials, manufacturing and 
marketing. Failure to obtain further 
funding may lead to postponement 
or cancellation of programmes. 

 – A majority of the Group’s sales are 
denominated in Euros whilst the 
manufacturing and most corporate 
administration costs are in the UK 
and therefore the Group is 
exposed to volatility in exchange 
rate fluctuations.

aspects of this risk, the 
Group has considered 
at a detailed level the 
potential effects. 

 – Contingency plans have 
been implemented to 
limit damage as far as 
possible in the event of 
a hard Brexit and the UK 
moving to third country 
status.

 – Active liaison with 

regulatory authorities
in order to minimise 
disruption. 

parallel testing team 
and equipment in 
Alcalá.

 – Increased 

production to cover 
the full year’s 
demand for 
approved products 
for Continental 
Europe which was 
then shipped to 
Alcalá, Spain.

 – Increased stock 
levels in case of 
a hard Brexit in 
December 2020.

 – The Board actively 

 – Cash management 

during the 
challenging 2020 
financial year to 
ensure there is 
enough funding 
for key projects. 

 – Investigate a 

revolving credit 
facility in case of 
working capital 
swings. 

reviews the financial 
requirements of the 
Group on a regular 
basis in order to ensure 
that adequate funding 
is available. 

 – Monitoring exchange 
rates regularly with 
implementation of 
hedges to mitigate 
such risks.

 – Note 25 in the Notes 

to the financial 
statements gives 
details of the Group’s 
objectives and policies
for risk management of 
financial instruments.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

47

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Risk

Description of  
risk and impact

Mitigation

Developments  
in 2020

Clinical and 
regulatory

 – The Group operates in a highly 
regulated environment for the 
testing, manufacture and supply 
of its products. Compliance with 
clinical and regulatory 
requirements within the EU affects 
not only the cost of product 
development and resource use, 
but also the time required to 
comply. 

 – Increased regulation may require 

products to be amended to comply 
with regulations and/or products 
have to be withdrawn, reducing 
revenues and/or increasing costs. 

 – Regulatory authorities such as the 
FDA are increasingly focused on 
the benefit/risk of pharmaceutical 
products and safety data, making 
it more onerous to obtain 
regulatory approval.

Pandemic

 – Any type of pandemic, such 

as COVID‑19, creates risk and 
challenges across all functions in 
the Group. There is significant risk 
of supply chain disruption, 
economic damage, disruption of 
trials and market disruption/
alteration. 

 – Working with reputable 

CROs.

 – Learnings from previous 

trials.

 – Compliance systems 
are in place to ensure 
all clinical, 
manufacturing and 
marketing activities 
comply with regulations 
in the EU and other 
territories. 

 – Standard operating 
procedures are 
maintained to ensure 
compliance with good 
manufacturing practice. 

 – Strict monitoring of new 
industry regulations and 
engagement with key 
regulatory authorities 
to inform the Group’s 
strategic direction and 
identify factors likely 
to affect the future 
development, 
performance and 
position of the 
Group’s business.

 – The Group maintains 

good relations with the 
small number of 
specialised suppliers 
for the raw materials for 
its products.

 – The Group has in place 
a disaster recovery 
plan for the main 
manufacturing site.

 – The Group has a 
contingency plan 
to mitigate against 
a limited COVID‑19 
second wave.

 – Completion of the 
investigation into 
the invalidated 
Birch Phase III trial 
and design of a 
Grass Trial (G309) 
to test out learning 
prior to the next 
Phase III field trial.

 – There is ongoing 
dialogue with the 
Paul Ehrlich Institute 
and the FDA in 
respect of trials 
and development.

 – A COVID‑19 crisis 

committee covering 
all functions met 
regularly to discuss 
key issues, share 
learnings and make 
decisions.

 – Clear 

communication 
channels keep both 
internal and 
external parties 
informed of 
progress and 
actions. 

 – Home working for 
all but the direct 
supply chain 
workers in factories, 
social distancing 
and split‑shift 
teams kept the 
business going.

48 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Risk

Internal 
controls

Key 
personnel

Compliance

Description of  
risk and impact

Mitigation

Developments 
in 2020

 – The internal control system is 

 – An internal audit 

designed to manage rather than 
eliminate risk, but it can only 
provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss. 
Internal controls are designed for 
the safeguarding of assets, the 
maintenance of proper accounting
records, the reliability of financial 
information, compliance with 
appropriate legislation, regulation 
and best practice and the 
identification and management 
of business risk.

function, carried out by 
an external party, is in 
place reporting directly 
to the Audit Committee. 
It carries out periodic 
reviews of the Group’s 
subsidiaries. 

 – Budgeting and reporting
systems are in place, 
with results compared 
to annual budgets and 
half‑yearly forecasts 
using variance analysis.

 – Internal audits 
continue to be 
carried out on a 
rotational basis 
and an external 
company of internal 
auditors, Mazars, 
has recently been 
appointed and 
started work. 

 – The Group is reliant on a number 

 – Continued investment 

 – The Group has 

of key qualified scientific, technical 
and management personnel. 
Competition for such personnel 
is intense and there can be no 
assurance that the Group will be 
able to continue to attract and 
retain such personnel. Loss of 
these key personnel could 
adversely impact the effectiveness 
of the Group’s operations.

in training and 
development as 
well as externally 
benchmarking 
remuneration and 
developing succession
planning.

created a process
to identify and 
develop talent in 
the organisation. 

 – The Group aims to remain 

 – Policies and 

 – The Group has 

compliant with all relevant laws and 
regulations. The recent significant 
increase in such regulations 
around data protection, taxation 
and many other areas has 
increased the risk of a breach of 
regulations that could lead to a 
substantial fine.

procedures are in place
in order to comply with 
legislation and the 
Group considers that 
its standards are above 
those of quoted 
businesses of a similar 
size, but these may not 
be enough to avoid 
breaches.

continued to invest
in additional 
compliance 
resource across 
all significant 
countries. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

49

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportFinancial review

Continued 
growth

Nick Wykeman
Chief Financial Officer

“ The Group has continued to grow 
profitably, achieving an operating 
profit excluding R&D1 of £14.2m 
(2019: £11.3m) for the year to 
30 June 2020 despite the impact 
of COVID-19 in the fourth quarter 
of the financial year.”

50 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

£78.2m

Revenue
(2019: £73.7m)

£14.2m

Operating profit excluding R&D1
(2019: £11.3m)

£7.1m

Net profit after tax
(2019: £3.5m)

Overview
The Group has continued to grow profitably, 
achieving an operating profit excluding R&D1 
of £14.2m (2019: £11.3m) for the year to 
30 June 2020 despite the impact of COVID‑19 
in the fourth quarter of the financial year. 
COVID‑19 especially impacted Southern 
Europe with lower Italian sales and slower 
growth in Spain as can be seen in the 
segmental reporting section (see Note 4). 
It is estimated this took roughly two 
percentage points off the net sales growth 
this year. Including R&D expense of £5.8m 
(2019: £7.0m), the Group reported an 
operating profit of £8.3m (2019: £4.4m). 
The operating profit includes the £3.2m 
received in settlement of legal claims 
relating to the litigation with Inflamax. 

The net profit after tax for the period was 
£7.1m (2019: £3.5m). The implementation 
of IFRS 16, Leases for the 2020 results has 
introduced all the Group’s leases onto the 
balance sheet as a ‘right‑of‑use’ asset and 
lease liability and uplifted 2020 EBITDA by 
£1.9m and operating profit by £0.3m.

Revenue
Reported revenue increased by 6% to 
£78.2m (2019: £73.7m). The weighted 
average Euro exchange rate in the year 
was €1.14 to £1 compared to €1.13 in 
2019. Revenue at constant currency2 
was 7% higher as shown in the table below:

2020

2019

Germany  
£m

48.0 

5.0

53.0 

Other  
£m

30.2 

—

30.2 

Total  
£m

78.2 

5.0

83.2 

Germany  
£m

45.0 

3.8

48.8 

Other  
£m

28.7 

—

28.7 

Total 
£m

73.7

3.8

77.5

Revenue 

Add rebates  

Gross revenue 

Adjustment to  
retranslate at prior year  
foreign exchange rate 

0.5

0.1

0.6

Gross revenue at  
constant currency2 

Revenue 

53.5 

30.3 

83.8 

48.8 

28.7 

77.5

Germany  
£m

48.0 

2020

Other  
£m

30.2 

Total  
£m

78.2 

Germany  
£m

45.0 

2019

Other  
£m

28.7 

Total 
£m

73.7

Adjustment to  
retranslate at prior year  
foreign exchange rate 

0.5

0.1

0.6

Revenue at  
constant currency2 

48.5 

30.3 

78.8 

45.0 

28.7 

73.7

1  Operating profit (pre‑R&D) is calculated by adding back total R&D expenditure for the year to the 
operating profit of the year to arrive at an operating profit (pre‑R&D) of £14.2m (2019: £11.3m).

2  Constant currency uses prior year weighted average exchange rates to translate current year foreign 
currency denominated revenue to give a year‑on‑year comparison excluding the effects of foreign 
exchange movements.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

51

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportFinancial review continued

Revenue continued
Revenue from Germany was 61% (2019: 61%) 
of total reported revenue. Rebates were 
higher this year due to changes in product 
mix sold. Sales of Venomil continued to 
grow very strongly while Pollinex and 
Pollinex Quattro achieved reasonable 
growth. Total sales from other products 
contributed £3.5m for the year ended 
30 June 2020 (2019: £3.8m).

Revenue in Germany grew well in the 
year with revenue at constant currency2 
increasing to £48.5m (2019: £45.0m), 
an increase of 8%.

All the main European markets (except 
for Italy and Austria) exhibited good sales 
growth at constant currency2 with Spain 
showing 10%, the Netherlands 22%, 
Switzerland 18% and Germany 8%. 
The Group continues to develop new 
and existing markets to broaden its reach 
and reduce reliance on any one market 
or product.

Gross profit
Cost of sales increased to £20.2m (2019: 
£18.4m). The gross margin was 74% (2019: 
75%), leading to a gross profit of £58.0m 
(2019: £55.3m).

Operating expenses
Total overheads were £4.1m lower 
than prior year at £53.5m (2019: £57.6m), 
excluding the one‑off receipt in respect of 
a legal settlement. This was due to a £4m 
reduction in R&D expenses in the year as a 
result of timing of clinical spend. Non‑R&D 
operating costs of £44.5m (2019: £44.6m) 
were unchanged from last year due to 
reduced spend in sales, marketing and 
distribution offsetting an increase in 
administration costs.

Sales, marketing and distribution reduced 
by £2.1m to £24.9m (2019: £27.0m) mainly 
as a result of reduced sales and marketing 
activity due to COVID‑19. Other 
administration expenses increased by 
£2.0m to £19.6m (2019: £17.6m) as a result 
of additional investment in compliance and 
support functions.

Other income in the year of £0.6m 
(2019: £0.6m) was all due to R&D tax 
credits in the UK.

Tax
IFRIC 23 has been adopted by the Group 
with effect from 1 July 2019, with the modified 
retrospective approach being applied (i.e. the 
cumulative effect of initially applying the 
interpretation is recognised as an adjustment 
to the opening balance of retained earnings, 
with no change being made to the prior year 
comparative numbers). 

The effect of IFRIC 23 provisions in these 
financial statements is a transitional opening 
balance adjustment to retained reserves 
of £0.7m and a current period additional 
tax charge of £0.3m.

Balance sheet
Property, plant and equipment (excluding 
IFRS 16) increased by £0.5m to £12.0m 
(2019: £11.5m) with investment in new 
manufacturing plant to replace older 
equipment and increase automation. 
The implementation of IFRS 16, Leases for 
the 2020 results has introduced the Group’s 
leases onto the balance sheet as a lease 
liability and a corresponding ‘right‑of‑use’ 
asset. Further detail on the adoption of 
IFRS 16 is set out in Notes 1 and 23.

Goodwill was broadly in line with last year at 
£3.5m (2019: £3.4m), whilst other intangible 
assets were reduced slightly to £1.3m 
(2019: £1.4m) due to amortisation 
exceeding additions.

Total current assets, excluding cash, 
reduced to £18.2m (2019: £19.2m). 
Inventory increased further by £0.7m due to 
early production of commercial stock as part 
of Brexit preparations (cover for approved 
products for the 2021 financial year). Trade 
and other receivables have reduced due to 
the collection of all outstanding monies 
relating to the litigation settlement accrued 
in the prior year and improved collection of 
trade debtors. Cash and cash at hand 
increased to £37.0m from £27.4m in 2019 
mainly as a result of the £3.2m legal costs 
settlement and additional bank loans taken 
out for the Spanish market (£1.9m). 
The Group had a net cash inflow of £9.4m in 
the year (2019: £1.6m cash inflow excluding 
equity raise of £10.2m) primarily due to good 
trading, the reimbursement of legal 
settlement costs and net borrowing 
increase of £1.2m.

The fair value of derivative financial 
instruments was a liability of £0.8m in 
2020 (2019: £0.4m).

Retirement benefit obligations, which relate 
solely to the German pension scheme, 
increased to £13.5m (2019: £11.7m). 
The increase in the liability was mainly 
driven by the reduction in the discount 
rate from 1.45% to 0.8% (resulting from 
German bond yields).

Currency
The Group uses forward exchange contracts 
to mitigate exposure to the effects of 
exchange rates. The current policy of the 
Group is to cover, on average, about 70% 
of the net Euro exposure for a year on a 
declining basis.

Financing 
The Group’s bank debt on its balance sheet 
consists mainly of bank loans arranged to 
fund development of products in the Spanish 
market. Group borrowing totalled £3.8m 
(2019: £2.4m) at 30 June 2020. The overdraft 
facility of £7m was unused at 30 June 2020 
and has since been renewed for a further 
12 months. 

The Directors believe that the Group will 
have adequate facilities for the foreseeable 
future and accordingly they continue to 
adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the full‑year results. For further details, 
see Note 1, Going concern. 

Legal
On 23 February 2015, the Company 
received notification that the Federal Office 
for Economics and Export (“BAFA”) had 
made a decision to reverse their preliminary 
exemption to the increased manufacturers 
rebate in Germany for the period July to 
December 2012. The Company was granted 
a preliminary exemption to the increased 
rebate for this period by BAFA in 2013. 
The Company recognised revenue of €1.4m 
(£1.1m at that time, £1.3m now) against this 
exemption in the year ended 30 June 2013. 
All other preliminary exemptions (granted for 
periods up to 30 June 2012) have previously 
been ratified as final by BAFA. After taking 
legal advice, the Company has lodged an 
appeal against this decision and is confident 
that the exemption will be reinstated. 
Therefore, as at 30 June 2020, no provision 
has been recognised for the repayment of 
the rebate refund of €1.4m (£1.3m). 
This position will be kept under review.

Nicolas Wykeman
Chief Financial Officer

The strategic report, as set out on pages 
1 to 52, has been approved by the Board.

On behalf of the Board

Nicolas Wykeman
Director

22 September 2020

52 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Strategic report

Financial statements

Governance

Governance

Governance
54  Board of Directors

56  Corporate governance report

61 

 How the Board engages with 
stakeholders

62  Nomination Committee report

64 

 Audit Committee report

67  Directors’ remuneration report

74  Directors’ report

76 

 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

53

GovernanceA good balance of skills and experience to 
support the delivery of the Company’s strategy.

Peter Jensen
Chairman

Peter is responsible for the leadership of the Board, 
ensuring its effectiveness and setting its agenda. 
Peter held a number of senior positions in his 21 years 
with SmithKline Beecham, including Chairman of 
Consumer Healthcare Europe and President of 
Worldwide Supply Operations. 

He has previously held Non-Executive or Chairman roles 
at a number of public and private companies including 
Domino Printing Sciences plc, Glenmorangie plc and 
Genetix Group plc.

External appointments:
Chairman of Sandown Park 
Racecourse, Screendragon 
(Software) Limited, and The 
Home of Horseracing Trust 
Limited. Trustee of The National 
Horseracing Museum.

Committee membership:

A

N

Manuel Llobet
Chief Executive Officer 

Manuel has been CEO of Allergy Therapeutics plc since 
2009, shaping strategy and driving growth. Prior to this, 
Manuel was the Principal Consultant for Biohealth LLC 
and CEO of International Operations of the Weinstein 
family’s group of companies.

External appointments:
None

Committee membership:
None

Nick Wykeman
Chief Financial Officer 

Nick joined Allergy Therapeutics plc in 2016. He leads the 
finance function, developing and implementing financial 
strategy. Nick is a Chartered Accountant and previously 
held positions at Skyepharma plc (now part of Vectura 
Group plc) and Quest International (a division of ICI plc).

External appointments:
None

Committee membership:
None

54 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Board of Directors  
Steve Smith
Non-Executive Director and  
Senior Independent Director 

Steve is a Chartered Management Accountant, Fellow 
of the Association of Corporate Treasurers and member 
of the Institute for Turnaround. During his career he has 
held a number of financial roles in UK listed companies. 
Since 1995 he has operated as an independent 
executive and has taken on a number of board, 
advisory and executive roles.

External appointments:
Roles include Chairman of 
Tensator Holdings Limited, 
Rio Laranja Holdings Limited and 
Icknield Limited.

Committee membership:

A

N

R

Tunde Otulana
Non-Executive Director 

Tunde has been the Chief Medical Officer of Veloxis 
Pharmaceuticals in North Carolina, USA since August 
2020. Prior to Veloxis he was Senior Vice President and 
Chief Medical Officer at Mallinckrodt Pharmaceuticals. 
His career includes leadership roles at Boehringer 
Ingelheim Pharmaceutical Inc. and the US Food and 
Drug Administration (“FDA”). Tunde is a physician trained 
in Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine.

External appointments:
None

Committee membership:

N

R

External appointments:
None

Committee membership:

A

Mary Tavener
Non-Executive Director 

Mary has extensive experience in the healthcare sector, 
having spent more than 19 years as Chief Financial 
Officer and Board member of AIM-listed Advanced 
Medical Solutions (“AMS”). At AMS, Mary was responsible 
for strategy and risk management, finance, operations, 
regulatory and legal. Mary is a member of the Chartered 
Institute of Management Accountants (“ACMA”) and a 
Fellow of the Association of Corporate Treasurers 
(“FCT”). Prior to joining AMS, Mary was the Group 
Financial Controller of BTP plc.

Scott Leinenweber
Non-Executive Director 

Scott is Vice President of Investor Relations and 
Licensing & Acquisitions at Abbott Laboratories and is 
their nominated Director on the Board. His career 
includes leadership and strategy roles in finance, sales 
and marketing in medical technology, pharmaceuticals 
and nutritionals.

External appointments:
Abbott Healthcare Private 
Limited (an Indian subsidiary 
of Abbott Laboratories).

Committee membership:
None

Key to Committees:

A

Audit Committee

N

Nomination Committee

R

Remuneration Committee

Denotes Chair of a Committee

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

55

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report  
  
  
Corporate governance report

Chairman’s 
introduction

Our governance 
framework promotes a 
culture of accountability and 
responsibility which is supported 
by our values and behaviours.

Peter Jensen
Chairman

Dear Shareholder, 
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased 
to introduce the Group’s corporate 
governance report for this year. The Group 
has had another successful year, delivering 
on its strategy, while operating in line with its 
culture and values. 

During the second half of the year, the Board 
focused on the Group’s response to the 
impact of COVID-19, providing oversight on 
the critical decisions of the Executive Team 
which included various measures for 
near-term cash preservation. A Committee 
of the Board held weekly calls with members 
of the Executive Team during which it 
received updates on the status of response 
planning, the impact to our employees, other 
stakeholders and the business in general. 
Further details on our response to COVID-19 
are set out on pages 39 to 41. 

Governance
Our governance framework promotes a 
culture of accountability and responsibility 
which is supported by our values and 
behaviours. During the year, the Board has 
promoted open and transparent discussion, 
and has provided constructive challenge 
and support to the business. 

The Board and Executive Team are 
working hard to serve the interests of all 
our stakeholders and constantly review 
the actions necessary to ensure the 
sustainability of the Group.

This report, and the Committee reports 
which follow, explain how the Board and its 
Committees work and how we applied the 
principles of the Quoted Companies 
Alliance Corporate Governance Code 
(the ‘QCA Code’). 

Our governance framework continues to 
ensure that the Group operates effectively 
and with integrity. As well as ensuring 
compliance with the QCA Code, we also 
continue to monitor any developments in 
the UK Corporate Governance Code to keep 
abreast of matters which we feel should also 
be considered for an AIM company of  
our size. 

Section 172 and 
stakeholder engagement 
Set out on page 23 is the Board’s 
first section 172 statement. In order 
to comply with section 172, the Board is 
required to consider a number of matters 
in its decision-making including the interests 
of its stakeholders. The Board fulfilling 
its section 172 duties has been clearly 
demonstrated in its response to COVID-19. 

All of our stakeholders have been affected 
by the pandemic in some way and the Board 
has supported the business to act in line with 
its values and purpose, ensuring the 
continued supply of our products to our 
patients while approving measures to 
protect and preserve the fundamental 
value of the business to ensure its 
long-term sustainability. 

Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (“SECR”)
Set out on page 42 is the Company’s first 
SECR report which includes a full analysis 
of our energy usage and efforts that we 
are making to reduce our carbon footprint. 
Over the coming year we aim to build on our 
sustainability initiatives to continue making 
a positive impact to the environment and 
our communities. 

Thank you for your continued support.

Peter Jensen
Chairman 
22 September 2020

56 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Corporate Governance Statement
The Board has adopted the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance 
Code (the ‘QCA Code’). The Board believes 
that this Code provides an appropriate and 
suitable governance framework for a group 
of our size and complexity. 

This Corporate Governance Statement 
addresses how the Group complies with 
each of the ten principles of the QCA Code; 
however, further disclosure relating to each 
principle can be found in other sections of 
the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts (the 
‘2020 Report’) as indicated in the 
adjacent table: 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Number

Principle

Establish a strategy and business model which promote 
long-term value for shareholders 

Seek to understand and meet shareholder needs 
and expectations 

Take into account wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for long-term success 

Embed effective risk management, considering both 
opportunities and threats, throughout the organisation 

Disclosure in the 2020 
Report

Pages 20 and 21 
and 26 and 27 

Pages 22 to 25 
and 61

Pages 22 to 25

Pages 44 to 49

Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, balanced team 
led by the Chairman 

Pages 54, 56 and 
58

Ensure that between them the Directors have the necessary 
up-to-date experience, skills and capabilities 

Evaluate Board performance based on clear and relevant 
objectives, seeking continuous improvement 

Pages 54, 55 
and 63

Page 60

Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values 
and behaviours 

Pages 14, 15, 22 
and 38 to 42

Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for 
purpose and support good decision-making by the Board

10.

Communicate how the Company is governed and is 
performing by maintaining a dialogue with shareholders 
and other relevant stakeholders

Page 57 

Pages 61  
and 22 to 25

Our governance framework 
The corporate governance framework comprises of matters reserved for the Board, the establishment 
of Committees with clear Terms of Reference and the delegated authorities matrix, which enables 
decision-making at appropriate levels within the Group. 

The Board
The role of the Board is to collectively promote the long-term success of the Company, generating value for shareholders and 
providing effective leadership and direction to the business as a whole. It agrees the Group’s strategy, having regard to all stakeholders, 
while maintaining a balanced approach to risk within a framework of effective controls. It has also established the Company’s purpose 
and values and monitors culture to ensure alignment. It sets the tone and approach to corporate governance and is responsible for 
the overall financial performance of the Group. 

The Committees 
The principal Board Committees are the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees. Each Committee has its own Terms 
of Reference, approved by the Board, which are reviewed periodically and are available to view at www.allergytherapeutics.com

The Audit Committee
Oversees financial reporting and 
monitors internal controls including risk 
management. Monitors the effectiveness 
of the internal and external auditors. 

The Remuneration Committee
Sets, reviews and recommends the 
Group’s overall remuneration policy 
and strategy and monitors their 
implementation. 

See pages 64 to 66

See pages 67 to 73

The Nomination Committee
Evaluates and makes recommendations 
regarding Board and Committee 
composition and succession planning. 

See pages 62 and 63

Executive Team
The Executive Team is responsible for the day-to-day running of the business. The team meets at least monthly and receives 
regular reports on risks to major projects, financial and key business matters. Relevant matters are reported to the Board by 
the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

57

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

Roles and responsibilities 
The Board members have separate, clearly defined roles and responsibilities, as set out in the table below. Each member of the Board has 
a range of skills and experience that is relevant to the successful operation of the Group, as set out in their biographies on pages 54 and 55.

Role 

Name 

Responsibility 

Chairman

Peter Jensen

The Chairman leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness. Additionally, 
the Chairman promotes a culture of openness and debate with effective contributions from 
Non-Executive Directors and ensuring constructive relations between them and the 
Executive Directors. 

CEO

CFO

Manuel Llobet 

Nick Wykeman 

The CEO’s role is the day-to-day running of the Group and includes the development and 
implementation of strategy, decisions made by the Board and operational management of 
the Group, supported by the Executive Team.

The Chief Financial Officer supports the Chief Executive Officer in developing and 
implementing strategy, and oversees the day-to-day management of the Group’s finances 
including the development and implementation of financial strategy. 

Senior Independent 
Director 

Steve Smith 

The Senior Independent Director (“SID”) provides advice and additional support and 
experience to the Chairman and can perform an intermediary role to other Directors, 
if necessary. 

Non-Executive 
Directors 

Tunde Otulana 
Mary Tavener 
Scott Leinenweber

Non-Executive Directors are responsible for bringing an external perspective, sound 
judgement and objectivity to the Board’s deliberations and decision-making, and to support 
and constructively challenge the Executive Directors using their broad range of experience 
and expertise. 

Company Secretary 

Sara Goldsbrough 

The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Board and all its Committees and 
is responsible for advising the Chairman and the Board on all corporate governance matters. 
The Company Secretary ensures good information flows between the Board, its Committees 
and the Executive Team and also ensures that the Board receives accurate, timely and 
clear information.

Board and Committee balance 
and composition
As at 30 June 2020, the Board comprised 
the Chairman, two Executive Directors and 
four Non-Executive Directors. The table 
above summarises the membership of the 
Board and its Committees. The Board keeps 
under review its current composition, 
which provides a sufficiently wide range of 
skills and experience to enable it to pursue 
its strategic goals and to address anticipated 
issues in the foreseeable future. 

Biographies of each Director can be 
found on pages 54 and 55.

Board independence
The Board has considered the 
independence of the Non-Executive 
Directors, and the table on the next page 
sets out those considered to be 
independent in character and judgement. 
Stephen (Steve) Smith has served on the 
Board for more than ten years and will be 
offering himself up for re-election at this 
year’s Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). 
In considering the independence of Steve 
Smith, the Nomination Committee concluded 
that Steve continues to make a valuable 
contribution to the work of the Board and 
its Committees. Despite the length of his 
service on the Board, the Nomination 
Committee concluded that Steve retains 
his independent status as he continues to 
challenge the Executive Directors and 
makes independent decisions.

Peter Jensen has served as Chairman 
for more than nine years. During the year, 
the Nomination Committee reviewed this 
position and concluded that Peter remains 
independent. Please see page 63 for 
more details. 

With the support of the Nomination 
Committee, the Board will continue to 
consider any appropriate additions to the 
Board to further broaden the experience 
and effectiveness of the Board as the Group 
continues to grow. 

58 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Board during the year
There were ten Board meetings held during the year. The Directors’ attendance record at these meetings is shown in the table below. 

Directors at  
year end

Role

Independent/ 
not independent

Date of 
appointment

Attendance at 
Board meetings

Attendance at  
Audit Committee

Peter Jensen

Chairman

Independent

October 2010

10/10

Steve Smith

Non-Executive 
Director, Senior 
Independent 
Director

Independent

September 
2004

10/10

Tunde Otulana

Non-Executive 
Director

Independent

June 2017

9/10

Manuel Llobet

Chief Executive 
Officer

Not 
independent

July 2009

10/10

Nick Wykeman Chief Financial 

Officer

Not 
independent

June 2016

10/10

Scott 
Leinenweber

Non-Executive 
Director

Not 
independent

November 2018 9/10

3/3

3/3

—

—

—

—

Mary Tavener

Non-Executive 
Director

Independent

June 2019

10/10

3/3

Attendance at 
Remuneration 
Committee

Attendance at 
Nomination 
Committee

—

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

How the Board operates 
The Board had ten scheduled meetings 
during the year, which since March 2020 
have been held virtually. Additional Board 
calls were also held as and when 
circumstances required it, and regular 
update calls were also held following the 
COVID-19 outbreak. Directors’ attendance 
at scheduled Board and Committee 
meetings held during the year is set 
out in the table above. 

An outline of the Board’s activities covered 
at those meetings is set out on page 57. 
Directors are provided with papers five 
working days in advance of each Board or 
Committee meeting and meeting packs are 
accessed from a Board portal. For each 
scheduled Board meeting, the papers 
include updates on trading, financial 
performance and investor relations and, 
in addition, papers for any special business 
of the meeting. 

Non-Executive Directors are encouraged 
to communicate directly with senior 
management between Board meetings. 
Members of the Executive Team are invited 
to attend Board meetings during the year to 
present an update on performance and 
forward focus of their specific areas of 
responsibility. 

The annual calendar includes two meetings 
at which the Executive Team are present: 
an annual budget meeting when the 
Executive Team present their business unit 
updates and their proposed budget for the 
forthcoming financial year, and a strategy 
brainstorm meeting. In January 2020, 
commercial and market access 
opportunities provided the focus of the 
meeting. These two meetings are also an 
opportunity for the Board to spend some 
time with members of the Executive Team 
in a less formal environment. The budget 
meeting this year was held virtually. 

The Chairman maintains regular contact with 
the Non-Executive Directors, the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Company 
Secretary outside of meetings as part of his 
role to provide leadership to the Board and 
the Company.

Matters reserved for the Board 
In order to retain control of key decisions 
and ensure that there is a clear division of 
responsibilities between the Board and 
the running of the Company business, the  
Board has a formal schedule of matters 
reserved for its decision that is reviewed 
annually to ensure it remains fit for  
purpose. This is available at  
www.allergytherapeutics.com. 

Board allocation of agenda time 
Agendas for each Board meeting are 
prepared in advance and are aligned with 
the Board programme, which is reviewed 
annually, and updated when appropriate. 
All matters are given due consideration and 
are reviewed at the appropriate point in the 
regulatory and financial cycles.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

59

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportCorporate governance report continued

Activities of the Board during the year: 

Strategy, business performance and capital investment 
 – Approved the Company’s corporate strategy

Finance 
 – Approved the 2020/21 budget

 – Considered and approved investment in clinical programmes

 – Reviewed and approved the preliminary and interim results 

and commercial projects

announcements 

 – Approved the revised Grass strategy

 – Reviewed and approved the Pre-close Trading Statements 

 – Approved a number of material contracts

 – Recommended to the shareholders the re-appointment of 

 – Considered Brexit impact, mitigations and preparations

 – Considered the impact of COVID-19 on the business

 – Received business performance updates

the auditor 

 – Reviewed the preliminary results roadshow presentation

 – Approved renewal of overdraft facility

People and culture 
 – Approved the Company’s People Strategy

 – Approved the Company’s Modern Slavery and Human

Trafficking Statement 

 – Approved the Company’s Gender Pay Gap Statement

Governance, compliance and risk 
 – Reviewed and approved the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts 

and Notice of AGM 

 – Reviewed and approved the schedule of matters reserved for 

the Board and the Terms of Reference of the Board Committees 

 – Agreed the 2020/21 Board and Board Committee programmes 

and calendar 

 – Approved the Group’s Business Code of Conduct 

 – Considered the Board and Board Committees evaluation

questionnaire 

 – Reviewed the principal risks to the Company

 – Approved the Group’s Health and Safety programme

Standing agenda items, such as reports from the Executive Directors, are presented at every meeting. Market and broker updates are 
circulated to the Board outside of the meetings. 

3) Strategic milestones 
The Executive Team have clarified the 
key elements to the strategy and have 
developed a detailed timeline to track 
progress and identify critical decision points. 
Plans have also been developed as part of 
the strategic milestones to achieve a 
mid-term move to a Nasdaq listing and 
funding for the development of the pipeline. 
These plans have been shared with the 
Board, which has endorsed the approach. 
There is a regular process to review these 
plans and milestones at the Board.

4) Macro trends and opportunities 
On an annual basis, various functions in the 
Group present opportunities and consider 
the broader competitive landscape. Many of 
these ideas and thoughts are shared with the 
Board at the budget meeting. 

A further review of Board effectiveness 
will be carried out in spring 2021. 

Review of Board effectiveness
The 2019 Board performance evaluation 
was an internal review led by the Company 
Secretary. An update on actions identified is 
set out below:

1) Format of Board papers 
A Board paper template has been 
developed by the Company Secretary which 
has helped improve the quality and length of 
Board papers. 

2) Cyber risks 
The Board was presented with an overview 
of how the business manages its cyber risks 
at a Board meeting; a standing agenda item 
was then added to the Audit Committee work 
plan to monitor the actions taken by the 
business following its cyber risk audit. 

60 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

How the Board engages with stakeholders

The Board is committed to 
maintaining open channels 
of communication with 
all shareholders, whether 
institutional or private. 

Shareholder engagement 
The Board is committed to maintaining open channels of 
communication with all shareholders, whether institutional or private. 
It is important that shareholders understand the Group’s strategy and 
objectives, and for the Group to receive shareholders’ feedback and 
consider the issues and questions raised. 

To facilitate this, the Group has a comprehensive investor relations 
strategy and investor relations activity is reported at each Board 
meeting. For our private shareholders, there is an opportunity to 
meet the Directors at our Annual General Meeting and further 
information on the Group can be found below or on our website. 
Information on how the Group communicates with its shareholders, 
investors and analysts can be found in Engaging our Stakeholders on 
pages 23 and 24. 

Both the Executive Directors and the Chairman meet shareholders 
and prospective shareholders, both institutional and private, 
on a regular basis. Non-Executive Directors are available to meet 
shareholders if they wish to raise issues without the Executive 
Directors present. During the year, the Executive Directors have 
held meetings with both existing and potential institutional 
shareholders, providing insight into the development of the 
business and its progress. In addition, our Chairman met with 
a selection of our largest shareholders during the year. 

The Board receives regular updates on the views of our shareholders 
and analysts through briefings and in market reports circulated 
between Board meetings, which include: 

 – share price performance monitoring;

 – review of shareholder performance and sector analysis;

 – composition of the shareholder register; 

 – peer group comparison; and

 – professional and external adviser feedback. 

Corporate website 
Our corporate website www.allergytherapeutics.com 
acts as a good medium through which results and other 
news releases are published, including key financial calendar 
information, details of live webcasting services for key 
presentations and the source of past key presentations 
and announcements. 

Annual General Meeting
The AGM allows the Board to update the shareholders 
on the Group’s progress and provides an opportunity for 
shareholders to pose questions to Directors. Shareholders 
are encouraged to vote on the resolutions put to the meeting, 
either in person or by submitting a proxy card. The results 
of the votes are published on our website after the meeting.

The 2020 AGM will be held virtually on Tuesday 8 December. 
The notice of meeting will be issued to shareholders at least 
21 days before the meeting and separate resolutions will be 
proposed on each issue. In accordance with our Articles of 
Association, at least one-third of the Board will retire from 
office and offer themselves for re-election by shareholders 
on a rotational basis. 

Should shareholders have any concerns that they are unable 
to successfully resolve following communication with the 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, 
they may raise them through the Senior Independent Director. 

Other stakeholders 
The Board is mindful of how the Group’s business activities 
impact on both the environment and society, and is conscious 
of the need to make a positive contribution to the world while 
delivering exceptional business results. 

The Group acknowledges its responsibilities to all its 
stakeholders (including employees, patients and healthcare 
professionals). Much of the day-to-day decision-making and 
stakeholder engagement in the Group is carried out at a 
business level. Further details are set out on pages 23 and 
24. The Board receives details on this engagement through 
the Executive Directors and the reports it receives from the 
Executive Team in the Board and Committee papers. 

All stakeholders are encouraged to relay feedback 
about the Company to the Board, via the  
‘Contact Us’ section of the website, available here  
www.allergytherapeutics.com/contact-us. Employees are 
encouraged to relay any feedback via the Company Secretary 
or via the Senior Independent Director.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

61

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportNomination Committee report

Ensuring a well balanced 
Board and a robust 
leadership talent pipeline.

Peter Jensen
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Company’s 2020 Nomination 
Committee (the ‘Committee’) report. 

Throughout the year, the Committee has continued to monitor 
the composition of the Board and its Committees to ensure that 
it has the breadth of experience and skill set to ensure effective 
governance and oversight of the business both now and in the future. 

The Board also focused on the leadership talent pipeline and 
succession plans for the Executive Team. This will continue to 
be monitored throughout the coming year. 

The Committee takes an active interest in the quality and 
development of employees within the Company, ensuring 
that appropriate opportunities are in place to develop 
high-performing individuals.

Peter Jensen
Chair of the Nomination Committee
22 September 2020

The role of the Committee 
The Committee is responsible for the leadership needs and 
succession planning for the Board, to ensure that the Group 
has the ability to perform effectively now and in the future. 

Membership of the Committee and attendance
The members of the Committee as at 30 June 2020 comprised 
Peter Jensen (Chair), Tunde Otulana and Steve Smith. The Committee 
met twice during the year and attendance at these meetings is shown 
in the table on page 59. 

The Company Secretary attends all the Committee meetings.

Key responsibilities 
The Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its Terms 
of Reference on the Company’s website and include: 

 – evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge, experience 

and diversity of the Board and its Committees, and making 
recommendations to the Board on any desired changes; 

 – overseeing the succession planning for the Board and senior 
management, including the identification and assessment of 
potential candidates and making recommendations to the Board; 

 – leading the process for Board appointments by identifying and 

nominating, for the approval of the Board, candidates to fill Board 
vacancies as and when they arise; 

 – keeping under review the leadership needs of the Group in 
respect of both its Executive Directors and other senior 
management; and 

 – reviewing the independence of Directors.

62 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Directors’ induction, training and development
Upon appointment, all Directors receive an induction programme 
tailored to their role. The process includes meetings with all 
Directors, the Company Secretary and other members of the 
Executive Team. 

A visit to our main manufacturing site in Worthing is also incorporated 
into the programme to understand business management and 
develop greater commercial awareness of the Group; these visits 
continue throughout the year. 

To update the Directors’ familiarity with the business, the Board 
would usually visit one of our offices outside of the UK during the 
year. These visits enable the Board to spend time with different 
teams and individuals to observe and experience at first-hand 
how the culture and values are becoming embedded across the 
Company. The planned visit to the Barcelona offices and Alcalá 
manufacturing plant in 2020 has been postponed to 2021 due to 
COVID-19. 

The Company Secretary updates the Board on regulatory and 
corporate governance matters and periodic briefings are arranged 
with external advisers, such as our Nominated Adviser (Panmure 
Gordon (UK) Limited), to provide a better understanding of the 
broader market. Directors also receive regular business updates 
from the Executive Directors and other members of the Executive 
Team. Directors may also take independent advice at the Company’s 
expense if they feel this is appropriate. 

Board composition and skills 
The Board considers that the current membership of two Executive 
Directors, a Non-Executive Chairman and four Non-Executive 
Directors provides the right blend of commercial and governance 
experience, independence and challenge and that the diverse range 
of skills and backgrounds of the Directors prevents any undue 
individual or collective influence over the Board’s decision-making.

Board composition and succession planning
The Committee considers Board composition and succession 
planning for both Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the 
Executive Team at each meeting. When considering Non-Executive 
Director succession planning, the Committee ensures that the Board 
and its Committees continue to have the right mix of skills and 
experience to be able to deliver the Group’s strategy. A summary 
of the Directors’ core skills and experience can be found on pages 
54 and 55. 

This year, the Committee will continue to consider these matters 
at meetings and will make any recommendations to the Board 
where appropriate. 

Chairman’s tenure 
During the year, the Committee considered the tenure of the 
Company’s Chairman in light of the requirement under the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code that a Chair should not remain in post 
beyond nine years from the date of their first appointment to 
the Board. 

The Senior Independent Director, Steve Smith, therefore led a review 
of the Chairman’s appointment which included obtaining feedback 
from the Company’s Nomad. The review determined that the 
Chairman continued to perform his role effectively and that he 
continued to be independent in character and judgement. It was also 
considered that it was not an appropriate time to undertake a search 
for a new Chair of the Board. The Board therefore concluded that 
Peter Jensen should continue in his role as Chairman. The Committee 
will review this position again later in 2020. 

Diversity and inclusion
Diversity and inclusion is important to the Company and the Board 
recognises that diversity of experience and perspective can bring 
benefits across the business. 

The Board is committed to encouraging diversity, and recognises the 
benefit of diversity, including gender, when searching for candidates 
for Board appointments. The Board aims that over the next few 
years, in the normal course of succession management, its 
composition will become more reflective of the diversity across 
our business, particularly in terms of gender. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

63

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportAudit Committee report

The Committee plays a key 
role in supporting the Board 
by monitoring, reviewing and 
challenging the effectiveness of 
the Group’s financial reporting, 
accounting processes, systems 
of control and risk management. 

Mary Tavener
Chair of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Company’s 2020 Audit Committee 
(the ‘Committee’) report and my first as Chair of the Committee. 

The report that follows details the work of the Committee over the 
past year in fulfilling our responsibilities to provide effective governance 
over the Group’s financial and risk management processes.

The Committee plays a key role in supporting the Board by 
monitoring, reviewing and challenging the effectiveness of the 
Group’s financial reporting, accounting processes, systems of 
control and risk management. It ensures the independence and 
effectiveness of the internal and external audit functions and 
supports the Board in its consideration as to whether the Group’s 
published financial statements are fair, balanced and understandable. 

In meeting these responsibilities the Committee continues to 
observe the provisions of the QCA Code and the FRC Guidance 
on Audit Committees. 

Mary Tavener
Chair of the Audit Committee 
22 September 2020

The Committee 
The Committee has been chaired by Mary Tavener since September 
2019, having assumed this responsibility from Steve Smith. Other 
members of the Committee were Peter Jensen and Steve Smith. 
The qualifications of the Committee members are detailed on pages 
54 and 55. The members between them have a range of relevant 
business skills and knowledge, including financial expertise, that 
allow them to be able to robustly challenge management and make 
clear and considered decisions. 

The Committee’s meetings were also attended (by invitation) 
by the Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary, Assistant 
Company Secretary, Financial Controller and Financial Reporting 
Manager together with senior representatives of Grant Thornton 
UK LLP (the ‘External Auditor’) and Mazars LLP (the ‘Internal Auditor’). 

The Committee has agreed an annual work programme and met three 
times during the year to discharge its responsibilities. Attendance at 
these meetings is shown in the table on page 59. It met a further four 
times to review the business contingency plans implemented in the 
light of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Committee also met privately 
during the year with the External Auditor.

64 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Responsibilities of the Committee 
The Committee’s responsibilities are set out in its Terms 
of Reference on the Company’s website and include:

 – monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 

financial and internal controls. The Group’s internal controls are 
managed through:

 – monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the Group 
and any formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 
performance; 

 – advising the Board on the Group’s risk exposure and related risk 

management strategies;

 – reviewing the Group’s internal financial controls and internal 

control and risk management systems;

 – formally reviewing the risk register at least annually;

 – monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

audit function;

 – reviewing the engagement, effectiveness, remuneration and 

independence of the External Auditor, and considering a tender 
process where appropriate;

 – schedule of matters reserved for the Board;

 – schedule of delegated authorities;

 – documentation of significant transactions;

 – clear lines of responsibility; and

 – comprehensive budget and approval process;

 – reviewing the Group’s procedures for the prevention of fraud, 

bribery and corruption and enabling employees to raise matters
of impropriety in confidence; and

 – reviewing the Committee’s Terms of Reference.

To discharge its responsibilities, during the year, the Committee has undertaken the following activities:

Financial statements

 External Auditor

Internal audit

Risk management and internal controls

 – Reviewed the annual and 

 – Approved the annual external 

half-yearly financial reports 
and related statements, 
ensuring clarity and 
completeness of disclosures.

 – Assessed significant 

accounting and reporting 
judgements with special 
consideration given to revenue
cycles, management override 
of controls and reviewed 
impairment of goodwill and 
other intangible assets.

 – Assessed cost of capital.

 – Reviewed the integrity and 
consistency of the key 
accounting judgements. 

 – Reviewed support for the 
going concern assumption 
including the consideration 
of the impact of COVID-19 
and Brexit on going concern.
This is set out on page 66.

audit plan.

 – Approved the fees paid to 
the External Auditor for 
audit and non-audit services 
(over £10,000).

 – Monitored the independence 
and ensured the objectivity of 
the External Auditor.

 – Discussed the key findings of 
the External Auditor on the 
interim and annual consolidated
financial statements. 

 – Reviewed the independence, 
objectivity, performance and 
effectiveness of the External 
Auditor and considered 
whether it was appropriate for 
the business to undertake a 
tender process.

The total fees charged by the 
External Auditor in the year are 
shown on page 99.

 – Reviewed the existing internal 
audit resource and agreed to 
extend the role of Mazars LLP 
as Internal Auditor for 
the Group.

 – Reviewed principal risks, 

paying particular attention to 
the impact of Brexit and the 
COVID-19 pandemic on the 
business.

 – Considered and agreed a 

 – Reviewed the analysis 

three-year internal audit plan 
for the Group.

 – Reviewed and followed up on 
management responses to 
internal audit findings and 
recommendations. 

 – Reviewed the performance 

of Mazars LLP and considered 
their re-appointment.

 – Reviewed the fees of 

Mazars LLP.

undertaken in relation to 
strategic risk management and
risk assessment, internal 
control, risk and control 
reporting structure.

 – Formally reviewed the risk 
register twice in the year. 

 – Reviewed the risk mitigation 
strategies set in place to 
address the COVID-19 
pandemic.

 – Reviewed the budget and 

stress tested forecasts in light 
of the potential impact of 
COVID-19.

 – Reviewed the Group’s 

whistleblowing, anti-bribery
and corruption, non-audit 
services and property 
valuation policies.

 – Reviewed the effectiveness 
and integrity of the internal 
financial controls framework
which underpins financial 
reporting by considering 
reports on internal control. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

65

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportAudit Committee report continued

Going concern
In carrying out its duties in respect of going concern, the Committee 
has reviewed detailed budgets, including cash flow projections for 
the periods ending 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2022. These 
projections include assumptions on the trading performance of the 
operating business and the continued availability of the existing bank 
facilities. The Group had a cash balance of £37.0m as at 30 June 
2020 and the £7m overdraft facility was renewed in August 2020. 
The Directors have made appropriate enquiries, which included a 
review of the annual budget and latest forecast, by considering the 
cash flow requirements for the forecast period and the effects of 
sales and other sensitivities such as Brexit, COVID-19 and other risks 
as noted in the principal risks section of the Annual Report on the 
Group’s forecast cash balances. This was carried out via a stress 
test which included reducing sales by 30% (15 times the estimated 
COVID-19 impact and more than the combined downsides 
sensitivities identified with no upsides) which the Directors consider 
to be no more than a highly remote possibility. The stress test 
resulted in a slightly positive cash balance at the end of the reviewed 
period. As a result of this review, the Directors have concluded that 
the Group will have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future and accordingly have applied 
the going concern principle in preparing these financial statements.

Internal controls
The Committee monitors and reviews the effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal controls and reports to the Board on its work and 
conclusions. In reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
controls, the Committee considers reports from the Internal Auditor 
and the External Auditor as part of their auditing process. 
All recommendations made by the Internal Auditor were accepted 
and acted upon. No significant failings or weaknesses have been 
identified in the review process during the year. 

The Group’s internal controls are managed via:

 – the schedule of matters reserved for the Board;

 – the Terms of Reference for Board Committees;

 – the schedule of delegated authorities;

 – documentation of significant transactions; and

 – the whistleblowing procedure under which staff may raise matters

of concern confidentially. 

The controls relating to financial reporting are:

 – an appropriately qualified management structure, with clear lines

of responsibility;

 – a comprehensive budget review and approval process;

 – Board and Committee updates from the Chief Financial Officer 
which include forecasts and performance against budget; and

 – regular internal audit of the financial control procedures.

Our priorities for the year ahead
During the forthcoming year, the Committee will continue to focus 
on the integrity of the financial controls and risk management 
systems to ensure that they reflect the changing risks of our 
business. The Directors plan to complete a tender of the external 
audit contract during autumn 2020. The Audit Committee will make 
a recommendation to the Board as a result of the tender process. 

The Committee will continue to oversee the governance of the 
internal audit programme to ensure that management actions 
are fully and effectively implemented in a timely manner.

66 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Directors’ remuneration report

The Company is committed 
to achieving both high 
governance standards and a 
simple remuneration structure.

Steve Smith
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ remuneration report 
for 2020.

The Company continues to develop the scope and content of this 
report and the report that follows sets out the remuneration policy 
and the remuneration details for the Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors of the Company. It outlines the major decisions on 
Directors’ remuneration and any substantial changes relating to 
Directors’ remuneration made during the year and explains the 
context in which these changes occurred and which decisions have 
been taken.

Information on our remuneration policy is set out on pages 69 and 70. 
The annual report on remuneration containing information on 
remuneration and decisions in respect of the year is set out below 
the policy section.

As an AIM-quoted company, the information provided is disclosed to 
fulfil the requirements of AIM Rule 19. Allergy Therapeutics plc is not 
required to comply with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized 
Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008; 
however, the Group is committed to achieving both high governance 
standards and a simple remuneration structure. The information is 
unaudited except where stated.

Performance and decisions on remuneration taken
This was another year of strong commercial performance for the 
business. Net revenue was £78.2m representing 6% annual growth 
(7% growth on a constant currency basis) reflective of a robust 
performance in challenging circumstances. Operating efficiencies 
and timing of the research and development spend led to strong 
overall performance for the Group with net income of £7.1m, 
representing 104% annual growth. Due to the Group’s strong 
performance, the executive management has taken the decision 
to repay all UK furlough monies claimed back to the government. 

The growth for the year was tempered by the impact of COVID-19; 
however, the business reacted quickly to the pandemic ensuring 
that operating efficiencies compensated for lower sales. 

Allergy Therapeutics has a culture of rewarding high performance 
and targets set for Executive Directors are stretching, taking into 
account internal and external forecasts. Bonus targets are set for 
EBITDA growth before R&D expense and personal strategic 
performance targets. 

During the year, the performance period for the Long Term Incentive 
Plan (“LTIP”) awarded in 2016 ended. The awards vested in part, 
resulting in 50% of the awards being granted.

In March 2020, the Company made LTIP awards to Executive 
Directors and other senior team members based on a 
recommendation by the Remuneration Committee. These awards 
were subject to TSR and EPS performance conditions as detailed 
later in this report. The Committee normally makes a 
recommendation on LTIP awards once a year.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

67

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Concluding remarks
The Committee is aware of the ongoing pressures on executive 
remuneration for Main Market listed companies and continues to 
monitor developments as they arise. In particular, we are aware of 
the importance of considering the views of all our stakeholders, 
including shareholders and employees, and we will continue to 
consider the implications for Allergy Therapeutics’ executive 
remuneration policy as required.

As an AIM-listed company, we seek voluntary shareholder approval 
for our Directors’ remuneration report to provide accountability for 
the Board over the appropriateness of our remuneration policy and 
its implementation. At the AGM in November 2019, 96.7% of 
shareholders voted in favour of the Directors’ remuneration report. 
The Committee was pleased with this level of support. It welcomes 
all feedback on remuneration and I will be available at the AGM to 
answer any questions which shareholders have on this topic.

We hope that you find this year’s Directors’ remuneration report 
informative and look forward to your continuing support in the 
coming year.

Stephen Smith
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
22 September 2020

Key actions during the year
Key topics considered by the Committee during the year included:

 – reviewing and approving executive performance against annual 

bonus and personal performance targets in respect of the historic 
year;

 – considering and determining salary changes effective 

1 October 2020;

 – reviewing and approving performance against the 2016 LTIP 

awards which were due to vest during the year;

 – reviewing and determining performance conditions and targets

for the 2020/21 bonus and LTIP awards;

 – reviewing remuneration market trends and corporate governance

developments;

 – reviewing the gender pay gap report; and

 – reviewing the CEO’s pay ratio.

Post year end in July 2020, the Committee asked h2glenfern 
Remuneration Advisory to prepare a remuneration comparator 
report looking at the remuneration levels and structure of peer 
quoted companies. The last report was prepared in 2017. 
The Committee considered this report in determining executive 
salary increases for 2020. Details of salary changes are set out 
later in this report.

Changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code 
and remuneration reporting
The Committee has continued to monitor the UK corporate 
governance environment and remuneration reporting regulations and 
reviews its remuneration processes and policies to ensure they 
remain appropriate on an ongoing basis. This year the Committee 
reviewed Allergy Therapeutics’ CEO pay ratio in line with the reporting 
requirement for Main Market listed companies, and reports on this on 
a voluntary basis for 2019/20 in line with the requirements. 
Additionally, the Committee monitors the gender pay gap.

68 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Policy report
Remuneration policy
The key objectives of the Group’s remuneration policy are to:

 – align executive and shareholder interests;

 – underpin an effective pay-for-performance culture; and

 – support retention, motivation and recruitment of talented people.

The Committee aims to achieve an appropriate balance between fixed and variable remuneration, and between variable remuneration based 
on short-term and longer-term performance. Fixed remuneration includes base salary, benefits and pension. Variable remuneration includes 
annual bonus and awards made under the Long Term Incentive Plan.

The policy is aligned to the strategy and nature of the business and reflects the importance of rewarding the Executive Directors for delivering 
strong performance against the Company’s KPIs. Details of each element of remuneration, their operation, purpose, link to strategy and 
performance metrics are set out in the policy table below.

Elements of remuneration

Base 
salary

Purpose and link 
to strategy

To provide an 
appropriately 
competitive base 
salary.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metric

Base salary is reviewed 
annually as at 1 October, 
with reference to:

 – each Executive 

Director’s performance
and contribution during 
the year;

 – the scope of the 

Executive Director’s 
responsibilities; and

 – other similar companies.

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual base 
salary or salary increase. 
The Committee is guided 
by the general increase 
for the broader employee 
population, but has 
discretion to decide to 
award a lower or higher 
increase to Executive 
Directors to recognise, 
for example, an increase 
in the scale, scope or 
responsibility of the role.

The level of benefits 
is not pre-determined 
but is in line with other 
senior managers.

The Committee considers individual and 
Group performance when setting base salary.

n/a

n/a

Benefits

To be appropriately 
competitive with 
those offered at 
comparator 
companies.

Benefits are in line with 
those offered to other 
senior management 
employees and may include 
private healthcare, life 
insurance, travel insurance 
and a car allowance.

Pension

To be appropriately 
competitive with 
those offered at 
comparator 
companies.

The UK Company operates 
a defined contribution 
personal pension scheme 
and currently makes 
pension contributions 
in respect of all 
Executive Directors.

The Company may 
contribute up to 15% 
of base salary (in the 
case of the CEO) and 
up to 10% of base salary 
(in the case of CFO).

Annual 
bonus

To incentivise and 
reward performance.

Performance 
measures and targets 
are set each year to 
reinforce the strategic 
business priorities for 
the year.

The annual bonus 
arrangements are reviewed 
annually at the start of the 
financial year and agreed 
by the Committee in 
September. Performance 
against targets and award 
levels are determined 
shortly after the year end. 
The annual bonus is paid 
out in cash.

The maximum bonus 
opportunity for Manuel 
Llobet is 75% of annual  
salary and for Nick 
Wykeman is 50%.

Executives’ performance is measured relative 
to challenging one-year financial targets and 
other performance objectives.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

69

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Policy report continued
Remuneration policy continued
Elements of remuneration continued

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan

Purpose and link 
to strategy

To incentivise and 
reward long-term 
outperformance, and 
help retain Executive 
Directors over the 
longer term.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance metric

There is no  
pre-determined 
maximum award.

Executive Directors are 
eligible to receive awards 
of shares under the 2013 
Long Term Incentive Plan, 
at the discretion of the 
Committee. In assessing 
the outcome of the 
performance conditions, 
the Committee satisfies 
itself that the figures are a 
genuine reflection of 
financial performance.

LTIPs awarded since 2016 
are subject to malus and 
clawback provisions.

2013 LTIP awards vest after a performance 
period of approximately three years. Since 2016, 
50% of the Executive Director’s award is subject 
to a three-year post vesting holding period.

The vesting of the award is subject to 
continued employment and the Company’s 
performance over a three-year performance 
period based:

 – 50% on compounded annual growth rate in 
profit (EBITDA) before R&D spend; and

 – 50% on compounded share price growth.

The performance measures and weightings are 
reviewed by the Committee annually and the 
Committee has the discretion to make changes 
to the measures or weightings for future awards 
to ensure that they remain relevant to the 
Group’s strategy and are suitably stretching.

Non-
Executive 
Directors

Provide fees 
appropriate to time 
commitments and 
responsibilities of 
each role.

Non-Executive Directors 
are paid a base fee in cash 
and additional fees for 
chairing the Audit and 
Remuneration Committees. 
Fees are reviewed 
periodically. In addition, 
reasonable business 
expenses (together with 
any tax thereon) may 
be reimbursed.

n/a

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual fee or 
fee increase. The Board 
is guided by the general 
increase for the broader 
employee population and 
takes into account 
relevant market 
movements.

Notes to the policy table
Annual bonus scheme
Executive Directors may earn bonuses depending on the Group’s 
financial performance and performance against individual targets 
designed to deliver strategic goals. The principal target currently 
applied is EBITDA before research and development expenditure. 
The Committee sets targets it believes to be appropriately stretching, 
but achievable.

Long-term incentives
As mentioned above, the performance conditions for the LTIP 
currently comprise two measures:

 – EBITDA before research and development expenditure; and

 – share price performance.

The Committee believes that these two measures are currently the 
most appropriate measures of long-term success for the Company 
as long-term relative performance provides an appropriately 
objective and relevant measure of the Group’s success which 
is strongly aligned with shareholders’ interests.

Malus and clawback
Awards granted under the long-term incentive arrangements are 
subject to malus and clawback until the end of the respective holding 
periods. Reasons for malus and clawback being applied would 
include gross misconduct of a Director and a material misstatement 
in the audited accounts of the Group. The application of any malus or 
clawback is at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

Remuneration of employees below the Board
No element of remuneration is operated solely for Executive 
Directors. Employees below the Board receive base salary, benefits 
and annual bonus, and senior members of staff are invited to 
participate in the LTIP.

70 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Annual report on Directors’ remuneration
This section of the Directors’ remuneration report explains how 
the remuneration policy has been implemented during the year. 
The information is audited where stated. 

The Remuneration Committee
The Committee’s key objectives are to develop remuneration 
policies and packages that ensure that the Allergy Therapeutics’ 
Executive Team is appropriately motivated and support the 
delivery of business objectives in the short, medium and long 
term and that the interests of Executive Directors are aligned 
with the interests of long-term shareholders. The Committee is 
responsible for determining and agreeing the overall 
remuneration policy, including appropriate salary levels for each 
Executive Director, the composition of remuneration packages, 
performance periods, measures and targets for variable 
remuneration components and any clawback arrangements. 
In addition, the Committee also agrees or recommends to the 
Board various compensation matters, including any 
share-related compensation, for executive management. 

During the financial year, the Remuneration Committee 
was comprised of two independent Non-Executive Directors, 
Steve Smith (Chair) and Tunde Otulana. The Terms of Reference 
of the Committee, which were reviewed during the year, clearly 
set out the Committee’s duties and responsibilities and are 
available to download on our corporate website  
www.allergytherapeutics.com. The number of meetings 
held during the year and attendance at those meetings is set 
out in the table on page 59. 

The Committee’s advisers
The Committee has retained the services of h2glenfern 
as its independent remuneration adviser. During the year, 
the Committee received advice on various matters including 
the review of Executive Directors’ salaries and LTIP performance 
targets. h2glenfern has no other connection with the Company 
and the Committee is satisfied that the advice received during 
the year was objective and independent. h2glenfern prepared 
an executive remuneration benchmarking report in the summer 
of 2020. 

Executive Directors’ service contracts 
and payments for loss of office
Our Executive Directors have rolling service contracts with an 
indefinite term, but a fixed period of notice of termination. The 
services of the CEO may be terminated on a maximum of 12 months’ 
notice by the Company or the individual, the CFO may be terminated 
on a maximum of six months’ notice. Our approach to remuneration 
in each of the circumstances in which an Executive Director may 
leave is determined by the Remuneration Committee in accordance 
with the rules of any applicable scheme.

Executive Directors

Date of contract

Notice period

Manuel Llobet

11 June 2009

12 months

Nick Wykeman

9 June 2016

6 months

Non-Executive Directors’ service contracts
The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but 
instead have letters of appointment which contain a three-month 
notice period. The Chairman’s letter of appointment contains a 
six-month notice period. The letters of appointment may be viewed 
at the Company’s registered office.

Non-Executive Directors

Date of contract

Notice period

Peter Jensen

1 October 2010

6 months

Tunde Otulana

6 June 2017

3 months

Steve Smith

5 October 2004

3 months

Scott Leinenweber

7 November 2018

3 months

Mary Tavener

19 June 2019

3 months

Non-Executive Director fees
The Chairman and Non-Executive Director fees are reviewed 
periodically to ensure that the business is able to recruit and retain 
appropriately qualified Non-Executive Directors. The fees are 
reviewed with reference to other AIM-listed companies and other 
UK companies of a similar size and nature and the time that 
Non-Executive Directors are required to devote to the role.

Consideration of new Executive Directors or Senior Executives
When recruiting or promoting any Senior Executive, we seek to apply 
consistent policies on fixed and variable remuneration components 
in line with the remuneration policy set out above. This helps to 
ensure that any new Executive Director or Senior Executive is on the 
same remuneration footing as existing Executive Directors or Senior 
Executives respectively, while still taking into account the skills and 
experience of the individual, the market rate for a candidate of that 
experience and the importance of securing the relevant individual.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

71

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Annual report on Directors’ remuneration continued
Directors’ remuneration (audited information)
Details of remuneration of those who served as Directors during the financial year are set out below:

Basic salary 

Bonus  
for the year7 

Taxable 
benefits 

Fees 

2020
£

2019 
£

2020 
£

2019 
£ 

2020 
£

2019 
£

2020 
£

2019 
£

Total

2020 
£

Pension6

2019 
£ 

2020 
£

2019 
£

Manuel Llobet 

303,258  294,852  183,000  208,079  10,200  10,000 

Nick Wykeman 

194,375 

178,750  79,000 

74,666  11,459  11,659 

—  496,458  512,931  45,489  44,228

—  284,834  265,075  19,437  17,875

Peter Jensen 

Steve Smith1 

Jeff Barton2,3 

94,000 

94,000 

15,600 

15,600 

—

— 

Tunde Otulana 

40,000 

40,000 

Scott Leinenweber2,4 

—

Mary Tavener5 

42,873

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

94,000 

94,000 

—  30,025  33,400 

45,625 

49,000 

— 

— 

—  12,556 

— 

12,556 

— 

— 

40,000 

40,000 

—  37,667 

25,111 

37,667 

25,111 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

42,873

— 

3,798 

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

— 

Total 

690,106  623,202  262,000  282,745  21,659  21,659  67,692  71,067  1,041,457  998,673  68,724  62,103

1  Steve Smith’s fee payments are split between SRS Business Enterprises Limited and himself.

2  Fees payable to Abbott Laboratories.

3 

Jeff Barton resigned as a Director on 7 November 2018.

4  Scott Leinenweber was appointed as a Director on 7 November 2018.

5  Mary Tavener was appointed as a Director on 19 June 2019.

6  Pension contributions are in respect of defined contribution schemes.

7  Provisional.

Executive Director remuneration
Bonuses 2019/20
The bonus plan for the CEO and CFO is based on an annual target for operational profit prior to R&D with one-third of performance above 
target going into a bonus pot. The bonus plan includes other Senior Executives, is capped based on maximum bonuses for each participant 
and is allocated based on those maximum bonuses, which are 75% of annual salary for the CEO and 50% for the CFO. The annual bonus 
payments are reviewed and determined by the Remuneration Committee which makes adjustments to the bonus pot where necessary to 
ensure a fair result. One-third of the annual bonus for each participant is subject to performance against personal objectives. 

Share awards
Awards were granted to Executive Directors under the LTIP in March 2020, with the vesting of the awards subject to the following performance 
conditions:

 – 50% of the awards are subject to compound annual earnings growth over the three-year performance period achieving a target; and

 – 50% of the awards are subject to compound share price growth over the three-year performance period achieving a target.

Vesting of awards
Awards granted to Executive Directors under the LTIP in December 2016 vested in part: 

 – the 50% of the awards subject to compound annual earnings growth vested in full; however

 – the 50% subject to compound annual share price growth over a three-year period did not achieve its minimum. 

LTIPs and share options for Executive Directors who held office during the financial year

Options/ 
LTIPs held  
1 July 2019 

LTIPs 
awarded 

Share options/ 
LTIPs lapsed/ 
in the year  vested in the year 

Share options/ 
LTIPs held at 
 30 June 2020 

Subscription 
price in 
£ 

Exercise 
date from 

Expiry date

Manuel Llobet 

3,490,000 

900,000 

(1,690,000) 

2,700,000

624,0241 

905,0001 

626,3991 

624,0241 

905,0001 

626,3991 

845,0001 

0.001 

0.001 

0.001 

0.001 

25-Nov-15

24-Nov-25

10-Mar-16

09-Mar-28

07-Nov-17

06-Nov-27

27-Mar-20

26-Mar-30

845,0001 

Nick Wykeman

1,322,500 

450,000 

(422,500) 

1,350,000

211,2501 

211,250 1 

0.001 

27-Mar-20

26-Mar-30

Total 

6,967,923 

1,350,000 

(1,056,250) 

7,261,673

1  These share options were converted from vested LTIPs.

At 30 June 2020, the London Stock Exchange mid-market value of shares was 14.00 pence per share. The range of mid-market values during 
the period from 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020 was 7.38 pence to 14.00 pence per share.

72 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Director fees
The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is considered by the Chairman, with regard to market comparators, and recommended to 
the Board as a whole. It was agreed that the Non-Executive Director fees are as set out below:

Basic fee 

Audit Committee Chair 

Remuneration Committee Chair 

2020

2019

£40,000 

£40,000

£4,500

£4,500

£4,500

£4,500

The Directors that held office during the financial year had the following interests in the Ordinary Shares of the Company:

Name 

Manuel Llobet1 

Nick Wykeman 

Peter Jensen 

Steve Smith 

Tunde Otulana 

Scott Leinenweber

Mary Tavener

1 

Includes shares held by Wild Indigo.

At 1 July 2019 

At 30 June 2020

Ordinary  
Shares 

Options and 
 LTIPs 

Ordinary 
Shares 

Options and 
 LTIPs

3,325,000 

5,645,423 

3,325,000 

5,700,423

300,000 

1,322,500 

300,000 

1,561,250

170,000 

776,513 

50,000 

—

—

— 

— 

— 

—

—

170,000

776,513

50,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Decisions for the year ending 30 June 2021
Salary increases
The salaries of the Executive Directors were reviewed in September 2020. Whilst not driving decision-making, decisions were made having 
reviewed a benchmarking report setting out the remuneration arrangements at a group of peer companies prepared by h2glenfern 
Remuneration Advisory. 

Following an evaluation of personal objectives, the CEO’s salary was increased by 2.84% to £314,084 which was in line with increases across 
the Group. The CFO’s salary was increased by 7.5% from £197,500 to £212,313 following a review of performance and adjustment towards 
market comparators.

The executive bonus plan for the year ending 30 June 2021 will operate on the same basis as in 2019/20 with a new financial performance 
target and revised personal objectives.

The Committee expects that LTIP awards will be made to Executive Directors before the end of 2020.

Shareholder voting
The table below shows the results of the advisory vote on the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report at the 2019 AGM.

Approval of remuneration report 

60,303,999 

96.7% 

2,078,065 

3.3% 

62,384,064 

95,303

Votes for 

% for 

Votes against 

% against 

Total votes cast 

Votes withheld

This Directors’ remuneration report has been approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 22 September 2020.

Stephen Smith
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
22 September 2020

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

73

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
Directors’ report 

The Directors present their Annual Report and the audited consolidated financial statements for the 12 months ended 30 June 2020. 
The financial statements are for Allergy Therapeutics plc (the ‘Company’) and its subsidiary companies (together, the ‘Group’). 

Strategic report 
Certain disclosure requirements of the Directors’ report are included within the strategic report. The Group’s 2020 strategic report, 
which includes a review of the Group’s business during the financial year, the Group’s position at year end and a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Group, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: 

Chairman’s statement

Chief Executive Officer’s review

Business model and strategy

Key performance indicators

Principal risks and uncertainties  

Operating review

Financial review

Directors
The Directors of the Company who held 
office during the year and up to the date 
of signing the financial statements were 
as follows:

Chairman
Peter Jensen

Executive Directors 
Manuel Llobet 
Nick Wykeman

Non-Executive Directors 
Tunde Otulana  
Steve Smith 
Scott Leinenweber 
Mary Tavener 

Page

8

10

20 and 21

43

45 to 49

18 to 37

50 to 52

Compensation for loss of office
The Company does not have any agreements 
with any Executive Director or employee that 
would provide compensation for loss of 
office or employment resulting from a 
takeover except that provisions of the 
Company’s shares scheme may cause 
share options and awards to vest on 
a takeover. 

Directors’ indemnities and insurance
In accordance with the Company’s Articles, 
the Company has indemnified the Directors 
to the full extent allowed by law. 
The Company maintains Directors’ 
and Officers’ liability insurance which 
is reviewed annually. 

Capital structure
Details of the Company’s issued share 
capital, including details of movements 
during the year, authorities to issue or 
repurchase shares and details of shares 
repurchased by the Company during the 
year, of which there were none, are shown 
in Note 28 to the financial statements on 
page 114. Each share carries the right to one 
vote at general meetings of the Company. 

There are no specific restrictions on the 
transfer of shares beyond those standard 
provisions set out in the Articles of 
Association. No shareholder holds shares 
carrying special rights with regard to control 
of the Company. 

Biographies of each Director can be found 
on pages 54 and 55 and details of each 
Director’s interests in the Company’s shares 
are set out on page 73.

The powers of the Directors are determined 
by UK legislation and the Company’s Articles 
of Association together with any specific 
authorities that shareholders may approve 
from time to time. 

The rules governing the appointment and 
replacement of Directors are contained in 
the Company’s Articles of Association and 
UK legislation. 

Dividend 
The profit for the year after taxation 
was £7.1m (2019: £3.5m). The results 
for the year are set out on page 84 and 
are described in more detail in the 
financial review.

Due to the current research and 
development investment strategy, the 
Company will not be declaring a dividend 
(2019: £nil). Further details of the Group’s 
research and development strategy can 
be found on pages 32 to 36. 

74 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
Substantial shareholdings
The significant holdings of voting rights in the share capital of the Company notified and disclosed in accordance with Disclosure 
and Transparency Rule 5, as at 22 September 2020, are shown in the table below: 

Shareholder

Abbott Laboratories

Southern Fox Investments

SkyGem Acquisition Limited (ZQ Capital)

Use of financial instruments 
Information on risk management objectives 
and policies, including hedging policies, 
and exposure of the Company in relation 
to the use of financial instruments, can be 
found in Note 25 on pages 109 to 112. 

Employees
Information on Group employees can be 
found on pages 38 to 40 and in Note 7 to 
the financial statements on page 99.

The environment
Details of the Group’s approach to the 
environment and its aims and activities are 
described on the Company’s website,  
www.allergytherapeutics.com. 
An overview of the Group’s corporate 
responsibility activity is on pages 38 to 42. 

The Group recognises the importance 
of minimising the adverse impact of its 
operations on the environment and the 
management of energy consumption and 
waste recycling. The Group strives to 
improve its environmental performance. 
The environmental management system 
is regularly reviewed to ensure that the 
Company maintains its commitment to 
environmental matters. Details of the 
Company’s energy usage can be found 
in its SECR report on page 42.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together 
with the factors likely to affect its future 
development, performance and position, 
are set out in the strategic report on pages 
1 to 52. The financial position of the Group, 
its cash flows, liquidity position and 
borrowing facilities are also described in the 
Chief Financial Officer’s financial review on 
pages 50 to 52.

In addition, Note 25 to the financial 
statements includes the Group’s objectives, 
policies and processes for managing its 
capital, its financial risk management 
objectives, details of its financial instruments 
and its exposures to foreign currency risk, 
interest rate risk and liquidity risk.

Detailed budgets have been prepared, 
including cash flow projections for the 
periods ending 30 September 2021. 
These projections include assumptions on 
the trading performance of the operating 
business and the continued availability of 
the existing bank facilities. The Group had a 
cash balance of £37.0m as at 30 June 2020 
and the £7m overdraft facility was renewed 
in August 2020. The Directors have made 
appropriate enquiries, which included a 
review of the annual budget and latest 
forecast, by considering the cash 
flow requirements for the forecast 
period and the effects of sales and other 
sensitivities, such as Brexit, COVID-19 and 
other risks as noted in the principal risks 
section of the Annual Report on the Group’s 
forecast cash balances. This was carried out 
via a stress test which included reducing 
sales by 30% (15 times the estimated 
COVID-19 impact and more than the 
combined downsides sensitivities 
identified with no upsides) which the 
Directors consider to be no more than a 
highly remote possibility. The stress test 
resulted in a slightly positive cash balance at 
the end of the reviewed period. As a result of 
this review, the Directors have concluded 
that the Group will have adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future and accordingly have 
applied the going concern principle in 
preparing these financial statements.

Number of  
 Ordinary Shares 

 240,584,571 

 128,833,783 

  99,054,416 

% of voting  
rights 
and issued 
share capital

37.8

20.3

15.6

Disclosure to auditors 
So far as the Directors are aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the 
auditors are unaware and each Director has 
taken all the steps that he or she ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make 
himself or herself aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the 
auditors are aware of that information. 

Post balance sheet events
The Directors are not aware of 
any post balance sheet events that 
require disclosure.

Independent auditors 
A tender for the external audit contract will 
be completed during October 2020 and a 
resolution to seek appointment of an audit 
firm will be proposed at the AGM, to be held 
in December. 

Annual General Meeting 
The 2020 Annual General Meeting of the 
Company will be held virtually on Tuesday 
8 December 2020. The Notice of Meeting, 
together with an explanation of the business 
to be dealt with at the meeting, is included as 
a separate document and is also available on 
our website. 

By order of the Board

Sara Goldsbrough
Company Secretary

22 September 2020 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

75

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the strategic report and the Directors’ report 
and the financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Under that law, the Directors 
have to prepare the Group financial 
statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as 
adopted by the European Union. They have 
elected to prepare the parent company 
financial statements in accordance with 
United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable laws) 
including FRS 101, Reduced Disclosure 
Framework. Under company law, the 
Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs and profit or loss of the Company 
and Group for that period. In preparing 
these financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies 
and then apply them consistently;

 – make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent;

 – state whether applicable IFRSs and 
UK Accounting Standards have been 
followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements; and

 – prepare the financial statements on
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets 
of the Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors confirm that in so far as each 
Director is aware:

 – there is no relevant audit information of 

which the Group’s auditors are unaware; 
and

 – the Directors have taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as Directors in 
order to make themselves aware of any 
relevant audit information and to 
establish that the auditors are aware 
of that information.

The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on the 
Group’s website. Legislation in the United 
Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

This Responsibility Statement was 
approved by the Board of Directors on 
22 September 2020 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Manuel Llobet
Chief Executive Officer

Nicolas Wykeman
Chief Financial Officer

76 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Independent auditor’s report 
to the members of Allergy Therapeutics plc

Opinion
Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Allergy Therapeutics 
plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the 
year ended 30 June 2020 which comprise the Consolidated 
Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, 
the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, the Company Balance 
Sheet and the Statement of Changes in Equity (Company) 
and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted 
by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in the preparation of the parent company 
financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101, Reduced Disclosures Framework (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

In our opinion:

 – the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 
30 June 2020 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 – the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union;

 – the parent company financial statements have been properly
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements’ section 
of our report. We are independent of the Group and the parent 
company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these 
requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

The impact of macro-economic uncertainties on our audit 
Our audit of the financial statements requires us to obtain an 
understanding of all relevant uncertainties, including those arising 
as a consequence of the effects of macro‑economic uncertainties 
such as COVID‑19 and Brexit. All audits assess and challenge the 
reasonableness of estimates made by the directors and the related 
disclosures and the appropriateness of the going concern basis of 
preparation of the financial statements. All of these depend on 
assessments of the future economic environment and the parent 
company’s future prospects and performance. 

COVID‑19 and Brexit are amongst the most significant economic 
events currently faced by the UK, and at the date of this report their 
effects are subject to unprecedented levels of uncertainty, with the 
full range of possible outcomes and their impacts unknown. 
We applied a standardised firm‑wide approach in response to 
these uncertainties when assessing the Group’s and parent 
company’s future prospects and performance. However, no audit 
should be expected to predict the unknowable factors or all possible 
future implications for a Group and a parent company associated 
with these particular events.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We are responsible for concluding on the appropriateness of the 
Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based 
on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists 
related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the 
Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are 
required to draw attention in our report to the related disclosures 
in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, 
to modify the auditor’s opinion. Our conclusions are based on the 
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our report. However, 
future events or conditions may cause the Group and the parent 
company to cease or continue as a going concern.

A description of our evaluation of management’s assessment of the 
ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting, 
and the key observations arising with respect to that evaluation, 
is included in the ‘Key audit matters’ section of our report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in 
relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to report to you where: 

 – the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

 – the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any 
identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 
about the Group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at 
least 12 months from the date when the financial statements are 
authorised for issue. 

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered the 
risks associated with the Group’s and the parent company’s business 
model, including effects arising from macro‑economic uncertainties 
such as COVID‑19 and Brexit, and analysed how those risks might 
affect the Group’s and the parent company’s resources or ability to 
continue operations over the period of at least 12 months from the 
date when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 
In accordance with the above, we have nothing to report in 
these respects. 

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, 
the absence of reference to a material uncertainty in this auditor’s 
report is not a guarantee that the Group or the parent company will 
continue in operation.

The responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern 
are described in the ‘Responsibilities of directors for the financial 
statements’ section of this report.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

77

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Allergy Therapeutics plc

Our approach to the audit

Overview of our audit approach
Overall materiality: 
Group: £782,000, which represents 1% of the Group’s revenues. Company: £77,000, which represents 
2% of the parent company’s total assets as assessed at the planning phase of our audit.

Materiality

Key audit 
matters

Key audit matters were identified as: 

 – revenue recognition in the later part of the year; 

 – valuation of the defined benefit pension scheme liabilities;

 – impairment of non‑current assets; and

Scoping

 – going concern. 

Our auditor’s report for the year ended 30 June 2019 did not include any key audit matters which have 
not been reported as key audit matters in our current year’s report. 

We performed full scope procedures at the Group’s operating locations in the UK and Germany. 
We audited specific classes of transactions and account balances in component locations in Italy and 
Spain where we determined a significant risk of material misstatement of the Group financial statements. 
We also performed specified audit procedures in respect of occurrence of revenue in other component 
locations in the Netherlands, Austria and Switzerland and the existence of inventory in the Netherlands. 
We performed analytical procedures over all other components.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those that had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; 
and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as 
a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Revenue recognition in the later part of the year 
We identified revenue recognition as one of the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud.

Under ISA 240 (UK) there is a presumed risk that revenue may be 
misstated due to the improper recognition of revenue. Revenue from 
the sale of the Group’s goods is recognised once certain criteria are 
met. Revenue is recognised at a point in time, when the Group 
satisfies performance obligations, generally being when the 
customer has physically received those goods. 

While determining the date of delivery to the customer and 
therefore the timing of revenue recognition requires little 
significant management judgement or estimate, due to the volume of 
transactions that occur during the year, we identified the recognition 
of revenue transactions around the year end date (which we defined 
as revenue recognised in the later part of the year) as a significant 
risk, which was one of the most significant assessed risks of 
material misstatement.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and 
Accounts 2020
 – Financial statements: The Group’s accounting policy on

revenue recognition is shown in Note 2 to the financial statements 
and related disclosures are included in Notes 3 and 4.

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following 
audit procedures and made the following significant judgements:

 – considering the appropriateness of the Group’s revenue 

recognition policy in light of the requirements of International 
Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts
with Customers’ and ensuring its consistent application;

 – transactional testing of a sample of revenue transactions 

from across the Group by agreeing to invoices, purchase orders 
and delivery notes or direct confirmations to determine whether 
the revenue recognised was valid, had occurred and was 
recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies;

 – performed a completeness test on the full year by identifying 
despatch notes in the year and ensuring all despatches were 
included in the revenue listing;

 – verifying that the Group’s cut‑off controls were designed 

effectively across its key trading jurisdictions and testing whether 
delivery of goods to the customer had occurred when revenue 
had been recognised by substantively testing a sample of 
transactions occurring near year end; and

 – data analytics testing to identify any unusual transactions 

which did not follow the expected revenue journal posting trend, 
investigating and performing tests of detail on transactions which 
appeared to be unusual.

Our results
Our procedures in respect of revenue recognition, as set out above, 
did not identify any material misstatement in respect of revenue 
recognised by the Group during the year.

78 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Valuation of defined benefit pension scheme liabilities
The Group has a defined benefit pension scheme that provides 
benefits to a number of current and former German employees. 
At 30 June 2020 the defined benefit pension net liability was £13.5m. 
The gross value of pension scheme liabilities and assets which 
comprise the net liability amount to £14.9m and £1.4m respectively.

The measurement of pension liabilities in accordance with IAS 19, 
Employee Benefits involves significant judgement and their valuation 
is subject to complex actuarial assumptions. Variations in those 
actuarial assumptions could lead to a materially different defined 
benefit pension scheme liability being recognised within the Group 
financial statements.

We therefore identified the valuation of the defined benefit pension 
scheme liability as a significant risk, which was one of the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and 
Accounts 2020
 – Financial statements: The Group’s accounting policy on 

accounting for the defined benefit pension scheme is shown in 
Note 2 to the financial statements and related disclosures are 
included in Note 27. 

Impairment of non-current assets
The Directors are required to make an annual assessment to 
determine whether the Group’s goodwill, which stands at £3.5m as 
at 30 June 2020, is impaired. In addition, other intangible assets are 
tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 
Other intangible assets as at 30 June 2020 amount to £1.3m.

The process for assessing whether impairment exists under IAS 36, 
Impairment of Assets is complex. The process of determining the 
value in use, through forecasting cash flows related to cash 
generating units (“CGUs”) and the determination of the appropriate 
discount rate and other assumptions to be applied, can be highly 
judgemental and can significantly impact the results of the 
impairment review.

Additionally, due to the economic uncertainties associated with the 
COVID‑19 pandemic, the preparation of accurate cash flow forecasts 
is inherently more difficult. 

Due to the above, we identified the impairment of non‑current assets, 
(specifically goodwill and other intangible assets), as a significant risk, 
which was one of the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement.

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and 
Accounts 2020
 – Financial statements: The Group’s accounting policy on 
impairment of non‑current assets is shown in Note 2 to the 
financial statements and related disclosures are included in 
Note 14. 

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following 
audit procedures and made the following significant judgements:

 – assessment of whether the Group’s accounting policy for the 
defined benefit pension scheme complied with IAS 19 and 
ensuring its consistent application;

 – utilising the expertise of our actuarial specialists, in their capacity 
as our auditor’s expert, in order to assess the appropriateness of 
the methods employed by the scheme actuary, as well as the 
reasonableness of the assumptions used in calculating the gross 
liability (such as discount rate, price inflation, pension increase 
and mortality rates); 

 – assessing the accuracy of the underlying data utilised by the 
scheme actuary through inquiry of the scheme actuary;

 – for the plan assets, we independently confirmed the existence 
and valuation of pension scheme assets with the third party 
custodian; and

 – assessed the competency and qualification of both 

managements’ experts. 

Our results
Our procedures, as set out above, did not identify any material 
misstatements in respect of the valuation of the defined benefit 
pension scheme as included within the consolidated balance sheet. 

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following 
audit procedures and made the following significant judgements:

 – obtaining management’s assessment of the relevant CGUs used 
in the impairment calculation and checking this is consistent with 
our understanding of the business units and operating structure 
of the Group; 

 – assessing and challenging the appropriateness of inputs and key 
assumptions within the impairment model, including growth rates, 
discount rates, terminal values and the allowances that have been 
made for the anticipated future effects of the COVID‑19 
pandemic; 

 – testing the accuracy of management’s forecasting through a 
comparison of budget to actual data and historical variance 
trends and reviewing the cash flows for exceptional or usual 
items or assumptions; 

 – performing sensitivity analysis over management’s assumptions 
and challenging these through consideration of the impact of 
alternative assumptions and comparison against past 
experiences; and

 – assessing the arithmetical accuracy and verifying the mechanical 

integrity of the impairment calculations.

Our results
Our procedures, as set out above, did not identify any material 
misstatements in respect of the carrying value of goodwill or 
intangible assets included within the consolidated balance sheet. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

79

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Allergy Therapeutics plc

Key audit matter – Group

How our scope addressed the matter – Group

Going concern 
As stated in ‘The impact of macro‑economic uncertainties 
on our audit’ section of our report, COVID‑19 is among the most 
significant economic events currently faced by the UK, and at the 
date of this report its effects are subject to unprecedented levels 
of uncertainty. This event could adversely impact the future trading 
performance of the Group and the parent company and as such 
increases the extent of judgement and estimation uncertainty 
associated with management’s decision to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements. 
We therefore identified going concern as a significant risk, which was 
one of the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement. 

In responding to the key audit matter, we performed the following 
audit procedures and made the following significant judgements:

 – obtaining management’s base case cash flow forecasts covering 
the period from 30 June 2020 to 30 September 2021, assessing 
how these cash flow forecasts were compiled and assessing their
appropriateness by applying relevant sensitivities to the 
underlying assumptions, and challenging those assumptions; 

 – assessing the accuracy of management’s past forecasting by 
comparing the prior year forecast to the actual results and 
considering the impact on the base case cash flow forecast to 
ascertain whether assumptions are appropriate, including 
revenue growth and cost control; 

 – evaluated management’s assumptions regarding the impact of 

no new business, repayment of rebates, loss of German products 
from market, impact of a hard Brexit and impact of COVID‑19 used 
in the worst‑case scenario forecast prepared to assess the 
potential impact on the business. We considered whether the 
assumptions were consistent with our understanding of the 
business derived from other detailed audit work undertaken; 

 – performing sensitivity analysis over management’s assumptions
and challenging these through consideration of the impact of 
alternative assumptions or conditions not taken into account 
by management;

 – considered the availability of the Group’s banking facility 
and associated covenant compliance through the going 
concern period;

 – assessing the impact of the mitigating factors available to 

management in respect of the ability to restrict cash impact, 
including the level of available facilities; 

 – considering the results of management’s reverse stress test 

scenario to consider whether such a scenario was sufficiently 
severe and, furthermore, whether that scenario indicated a 
scenario which was both severe and plausible; and

 – assessing the adequacy of related disclosures within the 

Annual Report. 

Relevant disclosures in the Annual Report and 
Accounts 2020
 – Financial statements: The Group’s accounting policy on

Our results
We have nothing to report in addition to that stated in the 
‘Conclusions relating to going concern’ section of our report.

going concern is shown in Note 1 to the financial statements. 
The Audit Committee identified going concern as a significant 
issue in its report on page 65, where the Audit Committee also 
described the action that it has taken to address this issue. 

80 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing the audit, and in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on 
the audit and of uncorrected misstatements, if any, on the financial statements and in forming the opinion in the auditor’s report.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure

Group

Parent company

Materiality for financial statements 
as a whole

Materiality threshold

Materiality benchmark 

Performance materiality used to 
drive the extent of our testing

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that, 
individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of these financial statements. We use materiality in determining the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit work.

£782,000 which is 1% of the Group’s 
revenues.

This benchmark is considered the most 
appropriate because it is the primary 
reporting measure used to assess the 
Group’s performance during the year. 

Materiality for the current year is higher than 
the level that we determined for the year 
ended 30 June 2019 to reflect the increase 
in the Group’s revenues for the year ending 
30 June 2020.

£77,000 which is 2% of the parent company’s 
total assets as assessed at the planning 
phase of our audit. 

This benchmark is considered the most 
appropriate because the parent company 
balance sheet primarily consists of 
investments in subsidiaries and 
intercompany receivables.

Materiality for the current year is higher than 
the level that we determined for the year 
ended 30 June 2019 to reflect the increase 
in the parent company’s total assets as at 
30 June 2020.

We set performance materiality at an amount less than materiality for the financial statements 
as a whole to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of 
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality for the financial statements 
as a whole.

Performance materiality threshold

£587,000 which is 75% of financial 
statement materiality.

£58,000 which is 75% of financial statement 
materiality.

Specific materiality

Specific materiality threshold

Communication of misstatements 
to the Audit Committee

Threshold for communication

We determine specific materiality for one or more particular classes of transactions, account 
balances or disclosures for which misstatements of lesser amounts than materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for certain areas such as Directors’ 
remuneration and related party transactions 
at £39,100.

We determined a lower level of specific 
materiality for certain areas such as Directors’ 
remuneration and related party transactions 
at £3,900.

We determine a threshold for reporting unadjusted differences to the Audit Committee.

£39,100 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

£3,900 and misstatements below that 
threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting 
on qualitative grounds.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

81

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportIndependent auditor’s report continued
to the members of Allergy Therapeutics plc

Our application of materiality continued
The graph below illustrates how performance materiality interacts with our overall materiality and the tolerance for potential uncorrected 
misstatements.

Overall materiality – Group

Overall materiality – Parent company

PM 
£586,500
75% 

PM 
£57,750
75% 

Revenue 
£78,204,000 

FSM 
£782,000
1% 

Total assets 
£3,973,000 

FSM 
£77,000
2% 

TFPUM 
£195,500
25% 

TFPUM 
£19,250
25% 

FSM: Financial statements materiality, PM: Performance materiality, TFPUM: Tolerance for potential uncorrected misstatements

An overview of the scope of our audit
We performed a risk‑based audit that requires an understanding of 
the Group’s and the parent company’s business and in particular 
matters related to:

 – subjecting the remaining operations of the Group to analytical 

procedures over the balance sheet and income statements of the 
related entities with a focus on applicable risks identified above 
and the significance to the Group balances;

 – evaluation by the Group audit team of identified components to 
assess the significance of that component and to determine the 
planned audit response based on a measure of materiality. 
For example, evaluating significance as a percentage of the 
Group’s total assets, revenues and profit before taxation or 
evaluating significance based on qualitative factors, such as 
specific uses or concerns over specific components; 

 – undertaking a planning review in order to evaluate the Group’s 
internal control environment, performing an evaluation of the 
design effectiveness of controls over key financial statement risk 
areas identified as part of our audit risk assessment and selecting 
certain transaction items to test during our procedures at the final 
audit stage; 

 – performing full‑scope audit procedures over the financial 

statements of the components in the UK and Germany based on 
their relative materiality to the Group and our assessment of the 
audit risks. Our audit procedures included substantive testing 
on significant and material transactions and account balances. 
Through these full scope audit procedures and in conjunction with 
specified audit procedures performed by the component auditor 
in Germany and Italy, and with specified audit procedures 
performed remotely by the Group audit team over other Group 
components, we have substantively tested 99% of total Group 
revenue, and we have tested 86% of total assets of the Group 
(the remaining 14% of total assets have been subjected to 
desktop analytical procedures);

 – performing an audit of account balances and classes of 

transactions determined to likely include significant risk of 
material misstatements of the Group financial statements at the
components in Italy and Spain. Our audit procedures included 
substantive testing on revenue, receivables and payables;

 – performing specified audit procedures in respect of occurrence 
of revenue at the components in the Netherlands, Austria and 
Switzerland. We also performed specified audit procedures in 
respect of existence of inventory at the component in 
the Netherlands;

 – issuing detailed audit instructions to the auditors of the reporting 
components in Germany and Italy. The instructions detailed the 
key audit matters and other audit risks that were to be addressed 
through their audit procedures. We requested the auditor in 
Germany to perform specified audit procedures relating to 
revenue occurrence at the component in Austria. The Group audit 
team performed work over the account balances and classes of 
transactions held in Spain remotely. The Group audit team 
remotely performed the specified audit procedures relating to 
revenue occurrence and inventory existence at the component 
in the Netherlands and relating to revenue occurrence at the 
component in Switzerland. The Group audit team performed 
analytical procedures on non‑significant components; and

 – the Group audit team performed a review of component auditor
files, which included remotely reviewing the work performed by 
the component auditors. The Group audit team communicated 
with all component auditors throughout the planning, fieldwork 
and concluding stages of the local audits. 

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, 
other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated 
in our report, we do not express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit 
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the 
financial statements or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude 
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are 
required to report that fact. 

We have nothing to report in this regard.

82 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level 
of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in 
accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement 
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to 
anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as 
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we 
have formed.

Jonathan Maile BSc (Hons) FCA
Senior Statutory Auditor 
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP 
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants 
Crawley

22 September 2020

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006 is unmodified
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit:

 – the information given in the strategic report and the Directors’ 
report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

 – the strategic report and the Directors’ report have 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report under the 
Companies Act 2006
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the 
parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic 
report or the Directors’ report. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in 
relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 
company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

 – the parent company financial statements are not in agreement

with the accounting records and returns; or

 – certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law

are not made; or

 – we have not received all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit. 

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ responsibilities statement 
set out on page 76, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible 
for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group 
or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

83

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportConsolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Sales, marketing and distribution costs 

Administration expenses – other 

Research and development costs  – expenditure for the year 

 – credit relating to legal settlement 

 – total research and development costs 

Total administrative expenses

Other income

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Profit before tax

Income tax

Profit for the period

Profit per share

Basic (pence per share)

Diluted (pence per share)

Year to 

Year to  
  30 June 2020   30 June 2020  30 June 2019  30 June 2019 
£’000

Year to 

 Year to 

 £’000

£’000 

£’000

Note 

3

8

10

9

5

11

13

78,204 

(20,201) 

58,003 

(24,853) 

73,717

(18,379)

55,338

(26,995)

(19,627) 

(9,000) 

3,152 

(5,848) 

(17,595) 

(12,987) 

6,037 

(6,950) 

(25,475) 

(24,545)

634

8,309 

266

(504)

8,071 

(1,013)

7,058 

1.11p 

1.05p 

593

4,391

103

(201)

4,293

(826)

3,467

0.55p

0.52p

84 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Year to 

Year to 
  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000

Note 

Profit for the period

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Remeasurement of net defined benefit liability 

Remeasurement of investments – retirement benefit assets 

Revaluation gains – freehold land and buildings 

Deferred tax movement – freehold land and buildings 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 

Total comprehensive profit

7,058 

3,467

27 

17 

16 

12 

(1,287) 

(23)

364 

(146)

(906)

(42)

312

—

160

6,126 

130

2,961

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

85

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 30 June 2020

Assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets – goodwill

Intangible assets – other

Investments – retirement benefit asset 

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current borrowings

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred taxation liability

Non‑current provisions

Lease liabilities

Long‑term borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Capital and reserves

Issued share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve – shares issued by subsidiary 

Reserve – share‑based payments

Revaluation reserve

Foreign exchange reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000 

Note 

16 

14 

15 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22

23 

25

27 

12

24 

23 

22 

20,417 

11,481

3,467 

1,269 

5,902 

3,432

1,408

5,551

31,055 

21,872

10,132 

8,076 

36,962 

55,170 

86,225 

9,409

9,776

27,440

46,625

68,497

(15,148) 

(15,736)

(829) 

(1,435)

(815)

(694)

—

(429)

(18,227) 

(16,859)

36,943 

29,766

(13,526) 

(11,747)

(470)

(304)

(6,988)

(2,927) 

(318)

(273)

—

(1,742)

(24,215) 

(14,080)

(42,442) 

(30,939)

43,783 

37,558

28

647

646

112,576 

112,576

40,128 

40,128

3,104 

974 

(685)

3,023

1,207

(845)

(112,961) 

(119,177)

43,783 

37,558

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 22 September 2020 and signed on 
its behalf by:

Manuel Llobet 
Chief Executive Officer 

Registered number: 05141592

Nicolas Wykeman
Chief Financial Officer

86 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Merger 
reserve – 
Share  shares issued 
premium  by subsidiary 
£’000

£’000

Issued
capital 
£’000

Reserve –  
share‑based 
payment 
£’000

Revaluation 
reserve 
£’000

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total  
equity  
£’000

At 30 June 2018 

606 

102,420 

40,128 

1,656 

949 

(975) 

(121,750) 

23,034

Exchange differences on translation of  
foreign operations

Valuation gains taken to equity  
(land and buildings)

Remeasurement of net  
defined benefit liability

Remeasurement of investments  
– retirement benefit assets

Total other comprehensive income 

Profit for the period after tax 

Total comprehensive income 

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

—

Transfer of depreciation on revalued property  — 

Transactions with owners: 

Share‑based payments

Shares issued

Share issue costs

At 30 June 2019 

Exchange differences on translation of  
foreign operations

Valuation gains taken to equity  
(land and buildings) – net of deferred tax 

Remeasurement of net  
defined benefit liability

Remeasurement of investments  
– retirement benefit assets

Total other comprehensive loss 

Profit for the period after tax 

Total comprehensive income 

—

— 

—

—

— 

— 

—

Transfer of depreciation on revalued property  — 

IFRIC 23 tax provision (See Note 1) 

Transactions with owners:

Share‑based payments

Shares issued

Transfer of lapsed options  
to retained earnings

At 30 June 2020 

—

40 

—

— 

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

—

— 

—

10,560

(404)

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

—

—

—

— 

—

—

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,367

—

—

— 

130

312

—

—

312 

— 

312 

(54) 

—

—

—

—

—

—

130 

— 

130 

— 

—

—

—

— 

— 

130

312

(906)

(906)

(42)

(948) 

3,467 

2,519 

54 

(42)

(506)

3,467

2,961

—

— 

— 

— 

1,367

10,600

(404)

646 

112,576 

40,128 

3,023 

1,207 

(845)

(119,177)

37,558

—

— 

—

—

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

—

—

—

—

— 

—

—

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

— 

—

—

—

— 

—

—

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

794

—

(713)

3,104 

— 

160

218 

—

—

218 

— 

218 

(451) 

— 

—

—

—

— 

— 

—

160 

— 

160 

— 

— 

—

—

— 

— 

— 

160

218

(1,287)  

(1,287)

(23)

(1,310)  

7,058 

5,748 

451 

(696) 

— 

—

713

(23)

(932) 

7,058

6,126

—

(696)

794

1

—

974 

(685) 

(112,961) 

43,783

647 

112,576 

40,128 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

87

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportConsolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 30 June 2020

Cash flows from operating activities 

Profit before tax

Adjustments for:

Finance income

Finance expense

Non‑cash movements on defined benefit pension plan 

Depreciation and amortisation

Net monetary value of above the line R&D tax credit 

Charge for share‑based payments

Movement in fair valuation of derivative financial instruments 

Foreign exchange revaluation on US Dollar cash deposits 

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 

(Increase) in inventories

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables 

Net cash generated by operations

Bank loan fees and interest paid 

Income tax (paid)/received

Net cash generated by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Interest received

Payments for retirement benefit investments

Payments for intangible assets

Payments for property, plant and equipment 

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from issue of equity shares 

Share issue costs

Proceeds from issue of equity shares 

Repayment of bank loan borrowings 

Repayment of finance lease creditors 

Proceeds from borrowings

Net cash (used in)/generated by financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Effects of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the period 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

Cash at bank and in hand 

Bank overdraft

Year to 

Year to 
  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000

Note 

8,071 

4,293

10

9 

(266)

504

192

15, 16 

3,914 

8 

33 

33 

33 

(103)

201

273

2,090

(593)

1,367

332

(36)

(1,864)

(543)

162

5,579

(204)

225

(634)

794 

386 

(154)

3,694 

(706)

(2,399) 

13,396 

(489)

(897)

12,010 

5,600

266

(228)

(283)

(2,264) 

(2,509) 

— 

— 

1

(654)

(1,343)

1,886

(110)

9,391 

131

27,440 

36,962 

36,962 

—

151

(405)

(289)

(2,810)

(3,353)

10,600

(404)

—

(651)

—

—

9,545

11,792

115

15,533

27,440

27,440

—

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

36,962 

27,440

88 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2020

1. Basis of preparation
Allergy Therapeutics is an international commercial biotechnology 
Group focused on the treatment and diagnosis of allergic disorders 
including immunotherapy vaccines that have the potential to 
cure disease.

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with IFRS in issue as adopted by the European Union (“EU”) and 
with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 that are relevant to the 
Group preparing its accounts in accordance with EU‑adopted IFRS.

Allergy Therapeutics plc is the Group’s parent company. 
The Company is a limited liability company incorporated and 
domiciled in England. The address of Allergy Therapeutics plc’s 
registered office and its principal place of business is Dominion Way, 
Worthing, West Sussex BN14 8SA and its shares are listed on the AIM.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended 30 June 
2020 (including comparatives) have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention except for land and buildings, and 
derivative financial instruments, which have been measured at fair 
value. They were approved and authorised for issue by the Board 
of Directors on 22 September 2020.

New standards adopted
IFRS 16, Leases (effective 1 January 2019)
During the year the Group adopted IFRS 16, Leases. The adoption of 
this new standard has resulted in the Group recognising a right‑of‑use 
asset and related lease liability in connection with former operating 
leases except those identified as low value or having a remaining 
lease term of less than 12 months from the date of initial application.

The Group has applied the modified retrospective approach 
in transitioning to IFRS 16, recognising the cumulative effect of 
transition as at 1 July 2019. On transition, for leases previously 
accounted for as operating leases with a remaining lease term of 
less than 12 months and for leases of low‑value assets, the Group 
has applied the optional exemptions to not recognise right‑of‑use 
assets but to account for the lease expense on a straight‑line basis 
over the remaining lease term. There was no transitional impact on 
the Group’s previously reported financial position as at 1 July 2019.

There were no leases previously classified as finance leases under 
IAS 17 immediately before the date of initial application.

The following is a reconciliation of the financial statement line items 
from IAS 17 to IFRS 16 at 1 July 2019:

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease liabilities

Total

Carrying
amount at  
30 June 2019 
£’000

11,481 

—

11,481

Remeasurement 
£’000

9,766 

(9,766)

—

IFRS 16 
carrying 
amount at 
1 July 2019 
£’000

21,247

(9,766)

11,481

The following is a reconciliation of total operating lease commitments at 30 June 2019 (as disclosed in the financial statements to 30 June 2019) 
to the lease liabilities recognised at 1 July 2019:

Total operating lease commitment disclosed at 30 June 2019 

Recognition exemptions: 

Low‑value assets

Leases with remaining lease term of less than 12 months 

Other adjustments relating to commitment disclosures 

Operating lease liabilities before discounting

Discounted using incremental borrowing rate

Operating lease liabilities

Reasonably certain extension options

Total lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16 at 1 July 2019

£’000 

£’000

11,124

(9)

(52) 

(142) 

(203)

10,921

(1,755)

9,166

600

9,766

The Group does not have any lease agreements in which it is a lessor. Further details with regard to leases are contained in accounting policy 
Note 2, Leases and the notes to the financial statements for property, plant and equipment (Note 16) and lease liabilities (Note 23).

IFRIC 23: Uncertainty over income tax treatments
The Group prepares provisions against uncertain tax positions in accordance with IFRIC 23. IFRIC 23 has been adopted by the Group 
with effect from 1 July 2019, with the modified retrospective approach being applied (i.e. the cumulative effect of initially applying the 
interpretation is recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, with no change being made to the prior year 
comparative numbers). 

The effect of IFRIC 23 provisions in these financial statements is a transitional opening balance adjustment to retained reserves of £0.7m 
and a current period additional tax charge of £0.3m. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

89

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

1. Basis of preparation continued
Standards, amendments and interpretations to existing 
standards that are not yet effective and have not been 
adopted early by the Group
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, several 
new, but not yet effective, standards and amendments to existing 
standards and interpretations have been published by the IASB. 
None of these standards or amendments to existing standards 
have been adopted early by the Group. 

Management anticipates that all relevant pronouncements will be 
adopted for the first period beginning on or after the effective date 
of the pronouncement. New standards, amendments and 
interpretations not adopted in the current year have not been 
disclosed as they are not expected to have a material impact 
on the Group’s financial statements.

Going concern
Operating profit in the period was £8.3m (2019: £4.4m profit); 
net cash inflow from operations was £12.0m (2019: £5.6m net cash 
inflow). The inflow was due to good trading and settlement of the legal 
claim reimbursement. Excluding the R&D expenditure, the Group 
would have reported an operating profit of £14.2m (2019: £11.3m).

Detailed budgets have been prepared, including cash flow 
projections for the periods ending 30 September 2021. 
These projections include assumptions on the trading performance 
of the operating business and the continued availability of the 
existing bank facilities. The Group had a cash balance of £37.0m 
as at 30 June 2020 and the £7m overdraft facility was renewed in 
August 2020. The Directors have made appropriate enquiries, 
which included a review of the annual budget and latest forecast, 
by considering the cash flow requirements for the forecast period 
and the effects of sales and other sensitivities, such as Brexit, 
COVID‑19 and other risks as noted in the principal risks section of 
the Annual Report on the Group’s forecast cash balances. This was 
carried out via a stress test which included reducing sales by 30% 
(15 times the estimated COVID‑19 impact and more than the 
combined downsides sensitivities identified with no upsides) which 
the Directors consider to be no more than a highly remote possibility. 
The stress test resulted in a slightly positive cash balance at the end 
of the reviewed period. As a result of this review, the Directors have 
concluded that the Group will have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable future and accordingly 
have applied the going concern principle in preparing these 
financial statements.

2. Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these 
financial statements are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all years presented unless otherwise stated.

Consolidation
The Group’s financial statements consolidate those of the parent 
company and all of its subsidiaries drawn up to 30 June 2020. 
The parent controls a subsidiary if it is exposed, or has rights, 
to variable returns from its involvement with the subsidiary and 
has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the 
subsidiary.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control 
is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated on the date 
control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains and 
losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated 
except for unrealised losses if they show evidence of impairment.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements 
of subsidiaries to bring accounting policies used into line with those 
used in the Group.

The Group applies the acquisition method in accounting for business 
combinations. The consideration transferred by the Group to obtain 
control of a subsidiary is calculated as the sum of the acquisition 
date fair values of assets transferred, liabilities incurred and the 
equity interests issued by the Group, which includes the fair value 
of any liability arising from a contingent consideration arrangement. 
Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

The Group recognises identifiable assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed in a business combination regardless of whether they have 
been previously recognised in the acquiree’s financial statements 
prior to the acquisition. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are 
measured at their acquisition date fair values.

Goodwill is stated after separate recognition of identifiable intangible 
assets. It is calculated as the excess of the sum of: a) fair value of 
consideration transferred; b) the recognised amount of any 
non‑controlling interest in the acquiree; and c) acquisition date 
fair value of any existing equity interest in the acquiree, over the 
acquisition date fair values of identifiable net assets. If the fair 
values of identifiable net assets exceed the sum calculated above, 
the excess amount (i.e. gain on a bargain purchase) is recognised in 
profit or loss immediately.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising from business combinations is the difference 
between the fair value of the consideration paid and the fair value 
of the assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. 
It is initially recognised as an intangible asset at cost and is subject 
to impairment testing on an annual basis or more frequently if 
circumstances indicate that the asset may have been impaired. 
Details of impairment testing are described in the accounting policies.

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are identified 
and recognised separately from goodwill where they satisfy the 
definition of an asset and can be identifiable. The cost of such 
intangible assets is their fair value at the acquisition date.

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in 
a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible 
assets are amortised over their useful economic life as follows:

Trade names 
Customer relationships 
Know‑how and patents 
Distribution agreements 

15 years 
5 years 
10 years 
15 years/period of contract

Externally acquired intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial 
recognition at cost. Following initial recognition, intangible assets 
are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any 
accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets are amortised over their useful economic life as 
below and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication 
that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period 
and the amortisation method for intangible assets is reviewed at least 
at each financial year end:

Computer software 
Other intangibles 

7 years 
15 years

Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of 
consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset 
are accounted for by changing the amortisation period or method, 
as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. 
The amortisation expense on intangible assets is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement in the expense category consistent 
with the function of the intangible asset in either administration costs 
or marketing and distribution costs.

90 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Internally generated intangible assets
An internally generated intangible asset arising from development 
(or the development phase) of an internal project is recognised if, 
and only if, all of the following have been demonstrated:

 – the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that

it will be available for use or sale;

 – the intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

 – the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

 – how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic

benefits;

 – the availability of adequate technical, financial and other 

resources to complete the development and to use or sell the 
intangible asset; and

 – the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the

intangible asset during its development.

The amount initially recognised for internally generated intangible 
assets is the sum of the expenditure incurred from the date when 
the intangible asset first meets the recognition criteria listed above. 
Where no internally generated intangible asset can be recognised, 
R&D expenditure is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement 
in the period in which it is incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, internally generated intangible 
assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation shall begin when the 
asset is available for use, i.e. when it is in the location and condition 
necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by 
management.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the 
settlement of such transactions and from the translation, at reporting 
period end exchange rates, of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies, are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. Non‑monetary items are carried at 
historical cost or translated using the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction or a weighted average rate as an approximation where 
this is not materially different.

Foreign operations
In the Group’s financial statements, all assets, liabilities and 
transactions of Group entities with a functional currency other than 
Sterling are translated into Sterling upon consolidation. The functional 
currency of the entities in the Group has remained unchanged during 
the reporting period.

On consolidation, assets and liabilities have been translated into 
Sterling at the closing rate at the reporting date. Goodwill and fair 
value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity have 
been treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated into Sterling at the closing rate. Income and expenses have 
been translated into Sterling at the weighted average rate over the 
reporting period which approximates to actual rates. Exchange 
differences are charged or credited to Other Comprehensive Income 
(“OCI”) and recognised in the currency translation reserve in equity. 
OCI includes those items which would be reclassified to profit or loss 
and those items which would not be reclassified to profit or loss.

Amortisation of all intangible assets is calculated on a straight‑line 
basis over the useful economic life using the following annual rates:

Revenue recognition
The Group’s revenue recognition policy is as follows:

Manufacturing know‑how 
Non‑competing know‑how  4 years 
15 years
Other intangibles 

15 years 

These periods were selected to reflect the assets’ useful economic 
lives to the Group.

The cost of amortising intangible assets is included within 
administration expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Segmental reporting
The Group’s operating segments are market based and are reported 
in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the 
Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) which has been 
identified as the Executive Directors. The CODM is responsible for 
allocating resources and assessing the performance of the 
operating segments.

In identifying its operating segments, management follow the 
Group’s revenue lines which represent the main geographical 
markets within which the Group operates. These operating segments 
are managed separately as each requires different local expertise, 
regulatory knowledge and a specialised marketing approach. Each 
market‑based operating segment is engaged in production, marketing 
and selling within a particular economic environment that is different 
from that in segments operating in other economic environments. 
All inter‑segment transfers are carried out at arm’s length prices.

Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s 
entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). 
The Group’s presentational currency is Sterling, which is also the 
functional currency of the Group’s parent.

Revenue generated from a contract for the sale of goods is 
recognised on delivery when all conditions have been fulfilled 
to the customer, such as the supply of vaccines. 

The Group recognises revenue in accordance with the requirements 
of IFRS 15 and in the five‑step model set out within the standard 
as follows:

STEP 1 Identifying the contract with the customer
The Group accounts for contracts with customers within the scope 
of IFRS 15 only when all of the following criteria are met:

a.  the Group and the customer have approved the contract 
(in writing, orally or in accordance with other customary 
business practices) and are committed to perform their 
respective obligations;

b.  the Group can identify each party’s rights regarding the services 

to be transferred;

c.  the Group can identify the payment terms for services to be 

transferred;

d.  the contract has commercial substance (i.e. the risk, timing or 

amount of the Group’s future cash flows is expected to change 
as a result of the contract); and

e.  it is probable that the Group will collect the consideration to 

which it will be entitled in exchange for the services that will be 
transferred to the customer. In evaluating whether collectability 
of an amount of consideration is probable, the Group considers 
only the customer’s ability and intention to pay that amount of 
consideration when it is due.

Significant new contracts with distributors are reviewed by senior 
management to ensure the relevant terms are identified and agreed.

Substantially all sales are via purchase orders received from the 
customer which specifies the product to be delivered.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

91

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportNotes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2. Accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition continued
STEP 2 Identifying the performance obligations
At contract inception, the Group assesses the goods or services 
promised within the contract and identifies as a performance 
obligation, each promise to transfer to the customer either:

a.  a good or service that is distinct; or

b.  a series of distinct services that are substantially the same 
and that have the same pattern of transfer to the customer.

With the exception of trivial amounts, the only identifiable 
performance obligation is the delivery of products. 

STEP 3 Determining the transaction price
For the majority of supplies, the goods are sold at an agreed list price 
(or a variation of the list price as agreed between the parties). In these 
cases there is no variable consideration.

One exception is in the Canadian market where the Group sells to a 
distributor at an initially low margin and there is further consideration 
receivable by the Group. This deferred consideration forms part of 
the fair valuation of consideration receivable by the Group for goods 
supplied and therefore forms part of the transaction price. In these 
instances, the deferred consideration is accrued at a discounted 
value at the point of delivery. This further consideration is calculated 
at a fixed percentage of the distributor’s sales revenue in relation 
to these products less certain costs associated with their sale. 
The distributor revenue and selling costs are estimated based on 
their selling price lists and accumulated experience. Although this 
additional revenue is variable in nature, it is not of a significant value.

There is no material difference between the timing of cash receipts 
and the timing of revenue recognition in respect of revenue 
contracts.

STEP 4 Allocating the transaction price to the separate 
performance obligations
There is only one performance obligation and accordingly the 
transaction price is allocated to the delivery of the product. 

STEP 5 Recognising revenue when performance obligations 
are satisfied
The performance obligation is satisfied at the point in time when the 
product is delivered to the customer. Each transaction is recognised 
as a separate chargeable event.

Agent vs principal considerations
Upon inception of a contract with a customer, the Group considers 
whether it is acting as agent or as principal in accordance with IFRS 15. 
The Group considers that it is acting as a principal if it controls the 
specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to 
a customer. In doing so the Group has determined that it has acted as 
a principal and not as an agent as part of all of its contracts with 
customers. In reaching this conclusion the Directors considered 
the following arrangements:

Arrangements for sales through distributors
For all distributor arrangements, the distributor is invoiced at the 
time of delivery and title to the product passes upon full and final 
settlement of the invoice to which the delivery relates. The distributor 
has full discretion over the setting of the final selling price to the end 
customer and is responsible for all customer returns of product.

Arrangements for sales through agents
For all agreements with agents, the agent places orders with the 
Group and goods are then shipped to them. The Group, however, 
holds title to these products until they are sold on to a third party. 
The selling price to the end user is set by the relevant government 
body and the agent receives a fixed percentage of this selling price. 
The agent notifies the Group monthly on stock levels and this is 
reconciled to a statement which generates an invoice for payment 
by the agent. The Group is responsible for any customer returns 
of product.

Statutory rebates
In Germany, pharmaceutical companies are required to pay a 
manufacturer’s rebate to the government as a contribution to the 
cost of medicines paid for by the State and private health funds. 
The rebates are not considered to meet the definition of variable 
consideration as set out in IFRS 15.50‑53. This is because at the 
point of entering into a contract with a customer on which a rebate is 
likely to apply (for example the supply of an allergy vaccine to a 
patient in Germany), there is no variability relating to the 
consideration to be received by the Group in exchange for the supply 
of the goods – the sales price and associated rebate is crystallised at 
the point of the supply. The calculation of the rebate to be repaid by 
the Group is carried out and invoiced in arrears by the various health 
insurer rebate centres in Germany. Accordingly, the rebate is 
considered to be a reduction in the selling price and is therefore 
deducted from the transaction price.

IFRS 15 other disclosures
All revenue recognised in the income statement is from contracts 
with customers and no other revenue has been recognised.

Disclosures regarding impairment losses are detailed in Note 19, 
Trade and other receivables.

A disaggregation of revenue is reported in Note 3, Revenue. 
Revenue by segment is reported in Note 4, Segmental reporting.

Revenue for each item is recognised when the goods are provided to 
the client and the obligation to pay the Group arises at the same time. 
Control passes to the customer once the goods are delivered, 
at which point the Group becomes entitled to consideration for the 
goods provided. The Group sells on credit and debtors are typically 
recovered between 20 to 90 days later. Further details regarding this 
are detailed in Note 19, Trade and other receivables.

As at 30 June 2020 there were no remaining performance obligations 
for revenue recognised in the year.

All obligations pertaining to revenue recognised have been met. 
No revenue was recognised relating to obligations not yet performed. 
No revenue has been recognised in the period relating to obligations 
met in the preceding period.

Significant judgements regarding the timing of transactions or price 
are detailed in Note 2, Judgements in applying accounting policies.

The transaction price is set out in individual contractual agreements 
and there is a range of prices based on the goods sold. 

No assets were recognised from costs to obtain or fulfil a contract 
with any customer.

Presentation of material items
In preparing the financial statements the Directors consider whether 
there have been any material or unusual items. These items are 
disclosed separately on the face of the primary financial statements.

Expenditure recognition
Operating expenses are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement upon utilisation of the service or at the date of their origin.

92 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Leasing
For the year ended 30 June 2019 management applied the following 
accounting policy in respect of its leasing obligations in accordance 
with IAS 17:

Property, plant and equipment (“PPE”)
The Group policy is that all freehold properties will be subject to a full 
revaluation with sufficient regularity so that the carrying amount and 
the fair value are not materially different.

A finance lease exists where the economic ownership of a leased 
asset is transferred to the lessee and the lessee bears substantially 
all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset. All other 
leases were operating leases in the Group.

Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement over 
the term of the lease. There were no finance leases in the Group.

Following the adoption of IFRS 16 in the current year, as of 1 July 2019 
and onwards the Group applied the following accounting policies in 
respect of its leasing obligations:

Lease accounting (IFRS 16) 
IFRS 16 impacts the measurement and disclosure of lease liabilities, 
the assets and liabilities shown on the Group’s balance sheet. 
The Group has applied the modified retrospective approach 
in transitioning to IFRS 16, recognising the cumulative effect of 
transition as at 1 July 2019 and taking full advantage of the practical 
expedients and transitional reliefs available. The Group does not 
have any lease agreements in which it is a lessor.

The right‑of‑use asset is initially measured at the amount of the lease 
liability plus any lease payments made at or before the 
commencement date (less any lease incentives received), plus any 
initial direct costs incurred in agreeing the lease, plus an estimate of 
future dismantling, removal and restoration costs. Subsequent to the 
initial measurement, the right‑of‑use asset is accounted for using the 
cost model set out in IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment, which is 
based on depreciating the asset over the estimated useful economic 
life. In connection with the Group’s right‑of‑use assets as at 
30 June 2020 there were no lease payments that had been made 
prior to the commencement of the lease, nor any lease incentives, 
nor has the Group made any structural or other changes to any 
right‑of‑use assets that would require material costs in respect of 
dismantling, removal or restoration. 

The initial recognition of the lease liability has been based on 
discounting the cash flows associated with the lease. When 
measuring lease liabilities, the Group discounted lease payments 
using its incremental borrowing rate at 1 July 2019. The average rate 
applied was 3.2%. After initial measurement the Group charges the 
lease liability with the interest cost to unwind the discount factor 
and reduces the liability by the amount of contractual payments 
made annually.

In reviewing the leases, the Directors took into consideration those 
which were long‑term leases, those which were short‑term leases, 
the underlying asset value and the lease and non‑lease components.

Leases of low‑value assets and short‑term leases with a term of 
12 months or less have continued to be recognised as an operating 
expense and it was determined that all of these short‑term leases 
had termination clauses of three months or less and therefore could 
be readily terminated if required. The Directors have set a guideline 
of £5,000 or less lease value as the threshold for determining the 
value of a potential lease asset. All the short‑term leases are 
therefore also considered low‑value assets and have been excluded 
from right‑of‑use assets. Further details on these leases are 
contained in Note 23.

Low‑value and short‑term leases 
Where the Group is a lessee, payments on low‑value and short‑term 
operating lease agreements are recognised as an expense on a 
straight‑line basis over the lease term. Associated costs, such as 
maintenance and insurance, are expensed as incurred. Benefits 
received and receivable as an incentive to enter an operating lease 
are also spread on a straight‑line basis over the lease term.

Revaluations are performed by independent qualified and 
experienced valuers who have adequate local knowledge in the 
country in which the property is situated. In the intervening years 
between independent revaluations, the Directors review the carrying 
values of the freehold land and buildings, and adjustments are made 
if the carrying values differ significantly from their respective fair 
values. Increases in the carrying value from revaluations are 
recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity under the heading of 
revaluation reserve unless this reverses a revaluation decrease on 
some asset previously recognised in the income statement, in which 
case it is first credited to the Consolidated Income Statement to that 
extent. When an item of PPE is revalued, any accumulated 
depreciation at the date of the revaluation is restated proportionately 
with the change in the gross carrying amount of the asset. 
The amount of the adjustment arising on the restatement or 
elimination of accumulated depreciation forms part of the increase 
or decrease in carrying amount. Decreases in the carrying values 
arising from revaluations are first offset against increases from earlier 
revaluations in respect of the same assets and are thereafter 
charged to the Consolidated Income Statement.

Other plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Provision for depreciation of all PPE assets of the Group 
(except land) is made over their estimated useful lives, on a 
straight‑line basis principally using the following annual rates:

Freehold buildings 
Computer equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Fixtures and fittings 
Plant and machinery 

33 years 
3–7 years 
4 years 
5–15 years 
5–15 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed annually and amended 
as necessary. Assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
PPE may not be recoverable. An asset’s carrying amount is written 
down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell 
or value in use.

Depreciation charges are included in either administration expenses 
or cost of sales when arriving at operating profit in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Impairment
The Group’s goodwill, other intangible assets, freehold land and 
buildings, and plant and equipment are subject to impairment testing.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the 
lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows 
(“CGUs”). Goodwill is allocated to those CGUs that are expected to 
benefit from synergies of the related business combination and 
represent the lowest level within the Group at which management 
controls the related cash flows.

Individual assets or CGUs that include goodwill or intangible assets 
with an indefinite useful life or those not yet available for use are 
tested for impairment at least annually. All other individual assets 
or CGUs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 
be recoverable.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

93

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportNotes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2. Accounting policies continued
Impairment continued
An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the 
asset’s or CGU’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market 
conditions less costs to sell and value in use, based on an internal 
discounted cash flow evaluation. Impairment losses recognised for 
CGUs, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to 
the carrying amount of goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is 
charged pro rata to the other assets in the CGU. With the exception 
of goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications 
that an impairment loss previously recognised may no longer exist.

Inventories
Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realisable value. 
The costs of raw materials, consumables, work in progress and 
finished goods are measured by means of weighted average cost 
using standard costing techniques. The cost of finished goods and 
work in progress comprises direct production costs such as raw 
materials, consumables, utilities and labour, and production 
overheads such as employee costs, depreciation on equipment 
used in production, maintenance and indirect factory costs. 
Standard costs are reviewed regularly in order to ensure relevant 
measures of utilisation, production lead time and appropriate levels 
of manufacturing expense are reflected in the standards.

Net realisable value is calculated based on the selling price 
in the normal course of business less any costs to sell.

R&D investment credits
Investment credits are directly related to the Group’s qualifying R&D 
expenditure and have a monetary value that is independent of the 
Group’s tax liability. Such investment credits are dealt with in other 
income in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Financial instruments assets
Recognition, initial measurement and derecognition
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the 
Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the financial 
instrument and are measured initially at fair value adjusted for 
transaction costs, except for those carried at fair value through 
profit or loss which are measured initially at fair value. Subsequent 
measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities is described 
below. Financial derivatives are designated at fair value through the 
profit and loss (“FVTPL”) upon initial recognition.

Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the 
cash flows from the financial asset expire, or when the financial asset 
and substantially all the risks and rewards are transferred.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation specified 
in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires. An exchange 
between an existing borrower and lender of debt instruments 
with substantially different terms shall be accounted for as an 
extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of 
a new financial liability. Similarly, substantial modification of the terms 
of an existing financial liability shall be accounted for as an 
extinguishment of the original liability and the recognition of a 
financial liability. A substantial modification of terms occurs when 
the discounted present value of the cash flows under the new terms 
is at least 10% different from the discounted present value of the 
remaining cash flows of the original facility.

The only types of financial assets held by the Group are loans, 
receivables and derivative financial instruments.

Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets at amortised cost are non‑derivative financial assets 
with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. After initial recognition, these are measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method, less provision for 
impairment. Discounting is omitted where the effect of discounting 
is immaterial. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents, trade and 
most other receivables fall into this category of financial instruments.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring 
expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss 
allowance for all receivables. The expected loss rates are based 
on the payment profile of historical sales and the corresponding 
historical credit losses expected in this period. The Company also 
considers future expected credit losses due to circumstances in 
addition to historical loss rates.

On that basis no loss allowance was identified as at 30 June 2020 
or 1 July 2019.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group utilises derivative financial instruments which are 
recognised at fair value at the end of the year with changes in fair 
value recognised in the income statement. The Group uses Euro 
forward contracts and Euro exchange swaps to manage the 
exposure to changes in translation rates and these are classified as 
derivative financial instruments. All derivative financial instruments 
are initially measured at fair value on acquisition and are 
subsequently restated to fair value at each reporting date. 
Any change in the fair value of the instruments is recognised in either 
administration expenses (foreign exchange contracts) or finance 
expenses (Note 9) in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Classification and subsequent measurement 
of financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities include borrowings, trade and other 
payables and derivative financial instruments. Financial liabilities 
are measured subsequently at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method except for derivatives. The only derivatives held by 
the Group are derivative financial instruments to mitigate the effects 
of exchange rate exposure through the use of forward exchange 
contracts. These derivative financial instruments have been included 
at fair value. Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL are carried 
subsequently at fair value with gains or losses recognised in profit 
or loss. Please see Note 25 for the fair value hierarchy.

Equity
Equity comprises the following:

 – ‘issued capital’ represents the nominal value of equity shares that 

have been issued;

 – ‘share premium’ represents the excess over nominal value of the 
fair value of consideration received for equity shares, net of 
expenses of the share issue;

 – ‘merger reserve’ represents the excess over nominal value of the 
fair value of consideration received for equity shares issued on 
acquisition of subsidiaries, net of expenses of the share issue;

 – ‘reserve – share‑based payments’ represents equity‑settled 
share‑based employee remuneration until such share options
are exercised;

 – ‘revaluation reserve’ represents the revaluations of investment

assets and land and buildings; 

 – ‘foreign exchange reserve’ represents the foreign currency 

translation differences that have occurred since the transition 
date as per IFRS 21. Exchange differences prior to this date are 
included within retained earnings; and

 – ‘retained earnings’ represents retained profits and losses.

94 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Equity is any contract which evidences a residual interest in the 
assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities.

Income taxes
Current income tax assets and liabilities comprise those obligations 
to fiscal authorities in the countries in which the Group carries out its 
operations. They are calculated according to the tax rates and tax 
laws applicable to the fiscal period and the country to which they 
relate that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the end 
of the reporting period. All changes to current tax liabilities are 
recognised as a component of tax expense in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the asset/liability 
method on temporary differences. Deferred tax is generally provided 
on the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities and their tax bases. However, deferred tax is neither 
provided on the initial recognition of goodwill nor on the initial 
recognition of an asset or liability unless the related transaction is a 
business combination or affects tax or accounting profit. Deferred 
tax on temporary differences associated with shares in subsidiaries 
is not provided if reversal of these temporary differences can be 
controlled by the Group and it is probable that reversal will not occur 
in the foreseeable future. Tax losses available to be carried forward 
as well as other income tax credits to the Group are assessed for 
recognition as deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax liabilities are provided in full, with no discounting. 
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that the underlying deductible temporary differences will be able to 
be offset against future taxable income. Current and deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are calculated at tax rates and laws that are 
expected to apply to their respective period of realisation, provided 
they are enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a 
component of tax expense in the income statement, except where 
they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to OCI 
(such as the revaluation of land and buildings) or equity, in which case 
the related deferred tax is also charged or credited directly to OCI or 
equity, respectively.

IFRIC 23: Uncertainty over income tax treatments 
Where an uncertain tax position (“UTP”) is identified, management 
will make a judgement as to what the probable outcome will be, 
assuming that the relevant tax authority has full knowledge of the 
situation. The local filing history, and status of relationship with the 
domestic tax authorities, will be factored into management’s 
judgement. Where it is considered that an economic outflow is 
probable, a provision is made for the best estimate of that liability. 
In estimating any such liability a risk‑based approach has been 
applied using weighted probabilities of a range of likely outcomes. 
These estimates take into account the specific circumstances of 
each UTP, together with the opinion of relevant external advisers, 
as appropriate.

IFRIC 23 has been adopted by the Group with effect from 1 July 2019, 
with the modified retrospective approach being applied (i.e. the 
cumulative effect of initially applying the interpretation is recognised 
as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings, with 
no change being made to the prior year comparative numbers). 

Defined contribution pension scheme
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an 
expense to the Consolidated Income Statement as they fall due in 
the expense category consistent with the function of the employee 
to which they relate.

Defined benefit pension scheme
Plan assets are measured at fair values. Defined benefit obligations 
are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit credit 
method and are discounted at appropriate high quality corporate 
bond rates that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms 
of the related liability. Interest expense or income is calculated on the 
net defined benefit liability (asset) by applying the discount rate to the 
net defined benefit liability (asset). Past service cost is recognised in 
the Consolidated Income Statement in the period when the plan 
is amended.

Remeasurements are recognised in the balance sheet immediately 
with a charge or credit to OCI in the periods in which they occur. 
The related deferred tax is shown with other deferred tax balances. 
A surplus is recognised only to the extent that it is recoverable by 
the Group.

The current service cost, past service cost and costs from 
settlements and curtailments are charged against administrative 
expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement. Interest on the 
scheme liabilities and the expected return on scheme assets are 
included in other finance costs.

Other employee benefits
Short term
Short‑term employee benefits, including holiday entitlement, 
are included in current pension and other employee obligations, 
within trade and other payables, at the undiscounted amount that 
the Group expects to pay as a result of the unused entitlement.

Long term
Under Italian law, alongside each monthly salary payment an amount 
is accrued into a reserve for each employee. When the employee 
leaves the Company, the accrued amount is paid as a deferred salary 
payment.

Investments
Investments relate to long‑term insurance policies. In accordance 
with IAS 19, these cannot be directly deducted from the German 
pension obligation and are recognised as a separate asset, rather 
than as a deduction in determining the defined benefit liability. 
Interest income is recognised through the Consolidated Income 
Statement. They are held at fair value with any gains or losses on 
remeasurement charged or credited to OCI.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the present obligations arising 
from legal or constructive obligations resulting from past events 
will probably lead to an outflow of economic resources from the 
Group which can be estimated reliably.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the estimated 
expenditure required to settle the present obligation, based on the 
most reliable evidence available at the balance sheet date. 

All provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted 
to reflect the current best estimates.

Share-based employee compensation
The Group operates equity‑settled share‑based compensation 
plans for remuneration of its employees comprising LTIP (Long Term 
Incentive Plan) schemes.

All employee services received in exchange for the grant of any 
share‑based compensation are measured at their fair values. 
These are indirectly determined by reference to the share option 
or shares awarded. Their value is appraised at the grant date and 
excludes the impact of any non‑market vesting conditions 
(e.g. profitability). The fair value of LTIP shares, which have 
market conditions attached, includes an adjustment based on the 
probability of the shares vesting at the end of the vesting period.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

95

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportNotes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2. Accounting policies continued
Share-based employee compensation continued
Details of the LTIP schemes and the conditions applying to each 
scheme are disclosed in Note 29, Share‑based payments on pages
115 to 116.

All share‑based compensation is ultimately recognised as an 
expense in the Consolidated Income Statement with a corresponding 
credit to the share‑based payments reserve. If vesting periods or 
other vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the 
vesting period, based on the best available estimate of the number of 
shares expected to vest. Non‑market vesting conditions are included 
in assumptions about the number of shares that are expected to 
become issuable. Estimates are subsequently revised if there is any 
indication that the number of shares expected to vest differs from 
previous estimates. No adjustment to expense recognised in prior 
periods is made if fewer shares ultimately vest than estimated; 
however, the expensed value of these lapsed shares is transferred 
from the share‑based payment reserve to retained earnings.

Use of accounting estimates and judgements
Many of the amounts included in the financial statements involve 
the use of judgement and/or estimation. These judgements and 
estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the 
relevant facts and circumstances, having regard to prior experience, 
but actual results may differ from the amounts included in the 
financial statements. Information about such judgements and 
estimation is contained in the accounting policies and/or the notes 
to the financial statements and the key areas are summarised below:

Judgements in applying accounting policies
a) Capitalisation of development costs requires analysis of the 
technical feasibility and commercial viability of the project 
concerned. Capitalisation of the costs will be made only where 
there is evidence that an economic benefit will accrue to the 
Group. To date no development costs have been capitalised and 
all costs have been expensed in the income statement as R&D 
costs. Costs expensed in the year amounted to £9.0m which 
together with a credit relating to a legal claim for reimbursement of 
£3.2m resulted in total net R&D expenditure for the year of £5.8m 
(2019: £13.0m together with a credit relating to a legal settlement 
of £6.0m resulted in total net R&D expenditure of £7.0m).

b) The Group had been awarded a provisional exemption to the 
increased statutory rebate charge in Germany for the period 
July to December 2012 by BAFA. Revenue of £1.1m (equivalent 
of €1.4m) was recognised in the year ended 30 June 2013 
in relation to this exemption and the refund from the German 
authorities was subsequently collected.

3. Revenue
An analysis of revenue by category is set out in the table below:

Sale of goods at a point in time 

Rendering of services transferred over time 

In February 2015, the provisional exemption was withdrawn by 
BAFA. The Group has lodged an appeal and, following legal advice, 
believe that the exemption will be reinstated. While the Group is 
confident that the exemption will be confirmed, there is a 
possibility that this will not happen. If the exemption is not 
confirmed, then the Group will ultimately have to repay €1.4m 
(£1.3m now) with a corresponding impact on net income and 
net assets. 

c) In respect of net revenue of £7.4m cumulative recognised 

(2019: £4.0m cumulative recognised) relating to certain products, 
an assessment has been made on the likelihood of a retrospective 
change in the level of rebates being applied. Details of this have 
been noted in Note 30, Contingent liabilities.

Sources of estimation uncertainty
a) Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation 
of the value in use of the CGU to which the goodwill has been 
allocated. This value‑in‑use calculation requires an estimation 
of the future cash flows expected to arise from the CGU and 
a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value. 
Please see Note 14, Goodwill for key assumptions regarding 
goodwill.

In relation to the goodwill in respect of the German CGU, there is 
no likely scenario in which this goodwill would be impaired. 
Discount rates would have to rise beyond 1000% or annual cash 
inflows would have to reduce by more than £20m p.a. before the 
goodwill would be impaired.

In relation to the goodwill in respect of the Spanish CGU, possible 
impairment was sensitised with a discount rate of 27% and 
alternatively with reduced annual cash inflows of £0.5m with 
neither of these scenarios indicating an impairment. 

b) The Group operates equity‑settled share‑based compensation 

plans for remuneration of its employees comprising LTIP schemes.
As explained in Note 29, employee services received in exchange 
for the grant of any share‑based compensation are measured at 
their fair values and expensed over the vesting period. The fair 
value of this compensation is dependent on whether the 
provisional share awards will ultimately vest, which in turn is 
dependent on future events which are uncertain. The Directors 
use their judgement and experience of previous awards to 
estimate the probability that the awards will vest, which impacts 
the fair valuation of the compensation.

The key variables to be estimated are the number of awards that 
will lapse before the vesting date due to leavers, and the number 
of awards that will vest in relation to the non‑market condition 
performance tests. The sensitivity to these variables can be 
seen in the table given in Note 29.

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

78,179 

73,676

25

41

78,204 

73,717

Rendering of services relates to the supply of services to a new distributor to assist them in setting up operations in their territory.

96 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
4. Segmental reporting
The Group’s operating segments are reported based on the financial information provided to the Executive Directors, who are defined as 
the CODM, to enable them to allocate resources and make strategic decisions.

The CODM reviews information based on geographical market sectors and assesses performance at an EBITDA (operating profit before 
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) and operating profit level. Management have identified that the reportable segments are 
Central Europe (which includes the following operating segments: Germany, Austria, Switzerland and the Netherlands), Southern Europe 
(Italy, Spain and Portugal), the UK and Rest of World.

For all material regions that have been aggregated, management consider that they share similar economic characteristics. They are also 
similar in respect of the products sold, types of customer, distribution channels and regulatory environments.

Revenue by segment

Central Europe 

  Germany 

  Other 

Southern Europe 

Italy 

Spain 

  Other 

Rest of World (including UK) 

  Revenue from  
external  
customers  
2020  
£’000 

Inter- 
segment 
revenue 
2020 
£’000 

Total 
segment 
revenue 
2020 
£’000 

Revenue 
from external 
customers 
2019 
£’000 

Inter‑ 
segment 
revenue 
2019 
£’000 

47,977 

12,272 

60,249 

4,493 

7,939 

690 

13,122 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

47,977 

12,272 

60,249 

4,493 

7,939 

690 

13,122 

4,833 

35,262 

40,095 

78,204 

35,262 

113,466 

45,021 

10,967 

55,988 

4,989 

7,308 

682 

12,979 

4,750 

73,717 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

35,056 

35,056 

108,773

Total 
segment 
revenue 
2019 
£’000

45,021

10,967

55,988

4,989

7,308

682

12,979

39,806

Revenues from external customers in all segments are derived principally from the sale of a range of pharmaceutical products designed for 
the immunological treatment of the allergic condition.

Rest of World revenues include sales through distributors and agents in several markets including the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Canada and 
South Korea. These include rendering of services revenues (Note 3). Inter‑segment revenues represent sales of product from the UK to the 
operating subsidiaries. The price is set on an arm’s‑length basis which is eliminated on consolidation.

The CODM also reviews revenue by segment on a budgeted constant currency basis, to provide relevant year‑on‑year comparisons.

The following revenue table is based on a budget currency rate of €1.21:£1.00 which was the rate used in the 2020 budget.

Central Europe 

Germany 

Other 

Southern Europe 

UK  

Other 

The Group has no customers which individually account for 10% or more of the Group’s revenue.

  Revenue from   Revenue from 
external 
customers 
2019 
£’000

external  
customers  
2020  
£’000  

45,230 

11,610 

56,840 

12,411 

1,911 

2,890 

42,065

10,388

52,453

12,169

1,966

2,719

74,052 

69,307

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

97

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

4. Segmental reporting continued
Depreciation and amortisation by segment

Central Europe

Southern Europe

Rest of World (including UK)

EBITDA by segment

Allocated EBITDA 

Central Europe

Southern Europe

Rest of World (including UK)

Allocated EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance expense

Profit before tax

2020 
£’000

1,014

811

2,089 

3,914 

2019 
£’000

279

407

1,404

2,090

2020  
£’000

2019 
£’000

3,042

886 

8,295 

12,223 

(3,914) 

8,309 

266

(504)

283

(448)

6,646

6,481

(2,090)

4,391

103

(201)

8,071 

4,293

The negative EBITDA in the Southern Europe segment in the prior year arose as a result of applying the Group’s transfer pricing policy.

Total assets by segment

Central Europe

Southern Europe

Rest of World (including UK) 

Inter‑segment assets

Inter‑segment investments

Total assets per balance sheet

2020 
£’000

23,492 

12,269 

87,755 

2019  
£’000

17,562

8,674

78,756

123,516 

104,992

(6,934) 

(7,728)

(30,357) 

(28,767)

86,225 

68,497

Included within Central Europe are non‑current assets to the value of £2,641,000 (2019: £2,620,000) relating to goodwill and within Southern 
Europe assets to the value of £4,251,000 of which £1,125,000 relates to the adoption of IFRS 16 (2019: £2,863,000 relating to freehold land 
and buildings). There were no material additions (excluding foreign exchange differences) to non‑current assets in any country except the UK 
where non‑current asset additions totalled £1,584,000 (2019: £2,439,000).

Total liabilities by segment

Central Europe

Southern Europe

Rest of World (including UK)

Inter‑segment liabilities

Total liabilities per balance sheet

2020  
£’000

2019 
£’000

(22,915) 

(18,450)

(8,432) 

(5,090)

(18,029) 

(15,127)

(49,376) 

(38,667)

6,934 

7,728

(42,442) 

(30,939)

98 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Profit before tax

Profit for the period has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Loss on fair valuation of foreign exchange forward contracts 

(Gain)/loss on foreign exchange forward contracts matured in the year 

(Gain)/loss on revaluation of US Dollar denominated cash deposits 

Other foreign exchange gains 

Depreciation and amortisation:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment excluding right‑of‑use assets (Note 16) 

Depreciation of right‑of‑use assets (Note 16) 

Amortisation of intangible assets (Note 15) 

R&D – includes credit of £3.2m relating to legal settlement  

Rental – land and buildings held under operating leases 

Rental – other operating lease rentals 

Share‑based payment expense (Note 29) 

Audit and non-audit services:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Group accounts 

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services:

The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries’ accounts pursuant to legislation 

Audit‑related assurance

Tax compliance services

Tax advisory services

  Other services

6. Remuneration of key management personnel

Salaries and short‑term employee benefits 

Social security costs

Post‑employment benefits – defined contribution plans 

Share‑based payment

2020  
£’000

2019 
£’000

386

(755)

(154)

458 

1,907 

1,517

489

5,848 

—

— 

794 

124

56

11

5

1

3

2020
£’000

1,042

129

69

1,240 

61

1,301 

380

54

36

121

1,638

—

452

6,950

982

1,365

1,367

96

45

11

5

1

3

2019  
£’000

999

108

62

1,169

139

1,308

Key management personnel are considered to be the Directors and full details of their remuneration are set out in the information included 
in the Directors’ remuneration table on page 72 and forms part of the financial statements.

7. Employees (including Directors)

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share‑based payments

Pension costs – defined benefit plans 

Pension costs – defined contribution plans 

The average number of employees during the period (including Executive Directors) was made up as follows:

R&D, marketing and administration 

Sales

Production

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

28,599 

26,962

4,878 

794 

253

1,464 

4,374

1,367

300

1,178

35,988 

34,181

2020

230

124

217

571

2019

202

123

195

520

99

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

8. Other income

Net monetary value of above the line R&D tax credit 

9. Finance expense

Interest on borrowing facility 

Net interest expenses on defined benefit pension liability 

Interest on lease liabilities 

10. Finance income

Bank interest 

Interest on investment assets 

Other finance income 

Other finance income relates to the unwinding of the discount on accrued revenue.

11. Income tax expense

Current tax: 

UK corporation tax on profit for the period at 19% (2019: 19%)

Current year 

Prior year 

Overseas tax 

Prior period overseas tax 

Deferred tax – current year 

Tax charge for the period 

2020 
£’000 

634 

2020 
£’000 

18 

165 

321 

504 

2020 
£’000 

216 

45 

5 

266 

2019  
£’000

593

2019  
£’000

11

190

—

201

2019  
£’000

12

76

15

103

2020 
£’000 

2019  
£’000

106 

(6) 

908 

22 

1,030 

(17) 

1,013 

50

—

718

64

832

(6)

826

The reconciliation between the tax charge and the accounting profit multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate for the years ended 30 June is 
as follows: 

Profit for the period before tax 

Profit for the period multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax of 19% (2019: 19%)   

Effects of: 

Disallowable adjustments 

Movements in unrecognised deferred tax   – losses utilised 

Adjustment of taxes for prior periods 

Movement in uncertain tax positions 

Adjustment for different tax rates 

Relief for shares acquired by employees and Directors 

Gross up of R&D expenditure credit 

– current year 

– prior year 

Tax charge for the period 

2020 
£’000 

8,071 

1,534 

2019  
£’000

4,293

816

135 

668

(1,155) 

(1,013)

15 

283 

221 

(18) 

1 

(3) 

1,013 

64

—

266

— 

18

7

826

At 30 June 2020, the Group had recognised provisions of £1.7m (2019: £0.7m) in respect of uncertain tax positions on the balance sheet 
which are included under social security and other taxes within Current liabilities – Trade and other payables. See Note 1 in respect of the 
implementation of IFRIC 23 in these financial statements. 

100 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Deferred tax
Recognised deferred tax liability

At 1 July 2019 

Amount (charged)/credited to the income statement 

Amount (charged)/credited to other  
comprehensive income 

Exchange differences 

At 30 June 2020 

At 1 July 2018 

Amount (charged)/credited to the income statement 

Exchange differences 

At 30 June 2019 

Tax value  Tax value of 
of carried   accelerated 

forward  

capital  Acquisition of 
losses   allowances  Bencard A.G. 
 £’000 
£’000  
£’000  

Italian  Tax value of  Acquisition of 
freehold  Alerpharma  Alerpharma 
S.A. 
property 
£’000 
£’000  

S.A. losses 
£’000  

322 

79 

— 

— 

401 

(322) 

(79)  

— 

— 

(105) 

16 

— 

(15)  

(401) 

(104) 

(47) 

— 

(88) 

(4)  

(139) 

69 

(29)  

— 

— 

40 

(235) 

30 

(58) 

(4)  

(267) 

Tax value 
of carried  
forward  
losses  
£’000  

Tax value of 
accelerated 

capital  Acquisition of 
allowances  Bencard A.G. 
 £’000 

£’000  

320 

2 

— 

322 

(320) 

(2) 

— 

(322) 

(109) 

16 

(12) 

(105) 

Italian 
freehold 
property 
£’000  

Tax value of  Acquisition of 
Alerpharma 
Alerpharma 
S.A. 
S.A. losses 
£’000 
£’000  

(46) 

—  

(1) 

(47) 

98 

(30) 

1 

69 

(252) 

20 

(3) 

(235) 

Total 
£’000

(318)

17

(146)

(23) 

(470)

Total 
£’000

(309)

6

(15)

(318)

Deferred tax is provided under the balance sheet liability method using the local tax rate for the overseas difference. Deferred tax assets and 
deferred tax liabilities are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate 
to tax levied by the same tax authority and where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis. Deferred tax assets, in respect of 
losses, are recognised up to the value of the fixed asset liability as the nature of the asset and liability is such that they unwind at the 
same time.

The deferred tax liability in respect of the Italian freehold property relates to the revaluation of this property.

The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances after offset for financial reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Unrecognised deferred tax

Non-current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

R&D expenditure credit 

Current assets 

Stock 

Current liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current liabilities 

Pension and other employee obligations 

Share options 

Unused tax losses 

Total 

2020 
£’000 

441 

(911) 

(470) 

2019  
£’000

391

(709)

(318)

2020  
Deferred  
tax assets  
£’000 

2019 
Deferred 
tax assets 
£’000

— 

495 

—

549

235 

405

155 

73

2,545 

257 

14,161 

17,848 

2,043

254

13,836

17,160

As at 30 June 2020, the Group had approximately £74m of unutilised tax losses (2019: approximately £81m) available for offset against future 
profits. No net deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of unutilised tax losses. Substantially all the tax losses have no fixed expiry 
date. The Group reviewed the unrecognised tax losses and determined that it was not probable that taxable profits will be available against 
which the tax losses can be utilised.

The main UK corporation tax rate remains unchanged at 19%. The recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets have been calculated at 
19%, being the rate enacted at 30 June 2020.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

101

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13. Earnings per share

Profit after tax attributable to equity shareholders 

Issued Ordinary Shares at start of the period 

Ordinary Shares issued in the period 

Issued Ordinary Shares at end of the period 

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for the period 

Potentially dilutive share options

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for diluted earnings per share 

Basic earnings per Ordinary Share (pence) 

Diluted earnings per Ordinary Share (pence) 

14. Goodwill

At 1 July

Addition

Exchange difference

At 30 June

For the purposes of impairment testing of goodwill, the Directors recognise the Group’s CGUs to be the following:

Germany

Spain

Total

2020
£’000

7,058 

Shares 
’000

2019  
£’000

3,467

Shares 
’000

636,169 

596,169

1,117 

40,000

637,286 

636,169

636,169 

632,835

37,323 

36,868

673,492 

669,703

1.11p 

1.05p 

0.55p

0.52p

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

3,432 

3,406

—

35

—

26

3,467 

3,432

2020
£’000

2,642 

825

3,467 

2019  
£’000

2,620

812

3,432

Apart from the considerations described in determining the value in use of the CGU described below, the Group’s management is not currently 
aware of any reasonably possible changes that would necessitate changes in its key estimates. There are no reasonably possible changes in 
the assumptions that could lead to an impairment being recorded.

Management estimates discount rates using post‑tax rates and post‑tax cash flows that reflect the current market assessment of the time 
value of money and the risks specific to the CGU.

Impairment review
Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable and a potential impairment may be required. Impairment reviews have been performed for all CGUs for the 
years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019.

Germany
The recoverable amount for the Germany CGU above was determined based on a value‑in‑use calculation, covering a detailed three‑year 
forecast of future cash flows using budgeted projections assuming an 11% discount rate (2019: 10%) which the Group has estimated to be the 
weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks specific to the CGU. The discount rate has been calculated using the capital asset pricing 
model (“CAPM”). The calculated discount rate has increased due to an increase in the expected market return used in this model.

Management’s key assumptions include sales growth (at an average of 10% for the three‑year period), which has been determined based on 
past experience in this market. The Group’s management believes that this is the best available input for forecasting this mature market.

Spain
The recoverable amount for the Spain CGU above was determined based on a value‑in‑use calculation, covering a detailed five‑year forecast 
of future cash flows using budgeted projections assuming a 14% discount rate (2019: 17%) which the Group has estimated to be the weighted 
average cost of capital adjusted for risks specific to the CGU.

Management’s key assumptions include sales growth (at an average of 10% for the five‑year period), which has been determined based on 
past experience in this market. The Group’s management believes that this is the best available input for forecasting this mature market.

102 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Intangible assets

Cost 

At 1 July 2018 

Additions 

Foreign exchange 

At 30 June 2019 

Additions 

Foreign exchange 

At 30 June 2020 

Amortisation 

At 1 July 2018 

Charge for the year 

Foreign exchange 

At 30 June 2019 

Charge for the year 

Foreign exchange 

At 30 June 2020 

Net book value 

At 1 July 2018 

At 30 June 2019 

At 30 June 2020 

Manufacturing  
and  
non‑competing  
know‑how  
£’000 

Distribution 
agreements 
(Switzerland) 
 £’000 

Trade 
names 
(Spain) 
 £’000 

Customer 
relationships 
(Spain) 
 £’000 

Know‑how 
and patents 
(Spain) 
 £’000 

Other 
intangibles 
£’000 

Computer 
software 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

4,762 

1,096 

— 

41 

— 

60 

4,803 

1,156 

— 

55 

— 

68 

4,858 

1,224 

4,762 

— 

41 

4,803 

— 

55 

4,858 

— 

— 

— 

521 

77 

23 

621 

82 

— 

703 

575 

535 

521 

466 

— 

6 

472 

— 

8 

480 

308 

31 

— 

339 

31 

7 

377 

158 

133 

103 

297 

— 

4 

301 

— 

5 

306 

181 

59 

1 

241 

59 

6 

306 

116 

60 

— 

276 

1,055 

3,177 

11,129

— 

3 

36 

1 

253 

11 

289

126

279 

1,092 

3,441 

11,544

— 

5 

4 

1 

279 

16 

283

158

284 

1,097 

3,736 

11,985

166 

28 

— 

194 

27 

4 

1,041 

2,607 

9,586

2 

11 

255 

22 

452

98

1,054 

2,884 

10,136

38 

5 

252 

14 

489

91

225 

1,097 

3,150 

10,716

110 

85 

59 

14 

38 

— 

570 

557 

586 

1,543

1,408

1,269

The class of intangible assets ‘Distribution agreements’ arose from the acquisition of the Swiss subsidiary Bencard A.G. (formerly Teomed 
A.G.) on 1 July 2010.

These distribution agreements represent the present value of the future cash flows expected to arise from the agreements and are amortised 
over a period of 15 years.

Trade names, customer relationships, know‑how and patent (Spain) assets were recognised at fair value upon the acquisition of 
Alerpharma S.A.

Other intangibles relate to trademarks and licences.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

103

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

16. Property, plant and equipment

Cost or valuation

At 1 July 2018 

Revaluation

Additions 

Foreign exchange 

Disposals

At 30 June 2019 

Reclassification 

Adjustment on transition to IFRS 16 

Revaluation

Additions 

Foreign exchange 

Disposals 

At 30 June 2020 

Depreciation

At 1 July 2018 

Charge for the year 

Revaluation

Foreign exchange

Disposals

At 30 June 2019 

Reclassification

Charge for the year 

Revaluation

Foreign exchange

Disposals 

At 30 June 2020 

Net book value

At 1 July 2018 

At 30 June 2019 

At 30 June 2020 

Plant and   Fixtures and 
fittings 
£’000

machinery  
£’000

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000

Computer  Freehold land 
equipment  and buildings 
£’000

£’000 

10,111 

7,043 

—

1,981 

8 

—

—

517 

16 

—

12,100 

7,576 

388 

73 

—

1,517 

14 

(297) 

(36)

40 

—

263 

24 

(54) 

40 

—

12 

— 

—

52 

(1)

912 

—

262 

— 

(22) 

3,974 

—

161 

14 

(4)

4,145 

(164)

—  

— 

182 

19 

(25) 

3,423 

(414)

— 

40 

—

3,049 

(187)

8,741 

176  

40 

46 

— 

Total 
£’000

24,591

(414)

2,671

78

(4)

26,922

— 

9,766

176

2,264

103

(398) 

13,795 

7,813 

1,203 

4,157 

11,865 

38,833

5,988 

648 

4,313 

603 

—

7

—

—

10

—

6,643 

4,926 

201

829 

—

11

(265) 

7,419 

4,123 

5,457 

6,376 

(42)

738 

—

18

(23) 

5,617 

2,730 

2,650 

2,196 

36 

6 

—

—

—

42 

—

505 

—

4

(18) 

533 

4 

10 

670 

3,611 

210 

—

13

(4)

3,830 

(159)

194 

—

5

(24) 

547 

171 

(725)

7

—

— 

—

1,159 

(188)

30

— 

14,495

1,638

(725)

37

(4)

15,441

—

3,425

(188)

68

(330) 

3,846 

1,001 

18,416

363 

315 

311 

2,876 

3,049 

10,864 

10,096

11,481

20,417

Note 22 provides details of the assets secured against the Group’s bank borrowings.

Freehold land and buildings include the Group’s office and warehouse building in Milan, Italy and the Group’s manufacturing and office facility 
in Madrid, Spain. The building in Italy was revalued in June 2020 by Yard S.p.A. independent valuers, certified by RICS in Milan, Italy based on 
an open market valuation. This property is carried at fair value. The building in Spain was revalued in June 2020 by Co. Hispania S.A., 
an independent valuation company accredited by the Bank of Spain and based in Madrid, Spain. This property is carried at fair value.

The Madrid premises were revalued to €2,031,760 as at 30 June 2020. The valuation was performed using the depreciated cost replacement 
method (adjusted for reduction in value due to age).

If the cost basis was used, the carrying amounts of the Spanish revalued land and buildings would be £1,607,000 (the carrying value of the 
asset at the point the subsidiary was first consolidated). The revalued amounts include a revaluation surplus of £115,000 before tax which 
is not available for distribution to the shareholders of the Group.

The Italian premises were revalued to €1,400,000 as at 30 June 2020 by independent valuers using the market method. The value of the 
property was calculated taking into account the sale prices achieved by other properties similar to the one in question as regards size, 
location, type, use, quality, construction features etc. The valuers used an equivalent value of €1,530 (£1,394) per sq m. This compares 
to the range of prices from €1,300 per sq m to €1,800 per sq m observed by the valuers. 

If the cost basis was used, the carrying amounts of the Italian revalued land and buildings would be £1 (the carrying value of the asset at 
the point the subsidiary was first consolidated). The revalued amounts include a revaluation surplus of £1,275,000 before tax which is not 
available for distribution to the shareholders of the Group.

104 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
The reconciliation of the carrying amounts of land and buildings non‑financial assets classified within Level 3 is as follows:

Balance at 1 July 2019 

Other adjustment

Additions at cost

Gain recognised in other comprehensive income:   

Revaluation of freehold land and buildings 

Loss recognised in income statement – depreciation of buildings 

Gain recognised in OCI – exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Balance at 30 June 2020 

IFRS 16 – right‑of‑use assets

NBV of land and buildings at 30 June 2020 

Spain  
£’000 

1,776 

(187)

40 

328 

(129) 

23 

Italy 
£’000 

1,273 

— 

— 

36 

(52) 

18 

1,851 

1,275 

Total 
£’000

3,049

(187)

40

364

(181)

41

3,126

7,738

10,864

17. Remeasurement of retirement benefit investments
The Group carries an insurance policy which is designed to contribute towards the obligation in respect of the German defined benefit pension 
scheme (see Note 27). The policy includes a right to reimbursement and therefore does not meet the definition of a qualifying insurance policy 
under IAS 19.8. It is valued at fair value by the pension scheme administrators (SLPM) each year. SLPM value the insurance policies according 
to contractual arrangements (equivalent to cash surrender values). This is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

At 1 July

Additions

Finance income

Remeasurement of investment

Profit on foreign exchange

18. Inventories

Raw materials and consumables 

Work in progress

Finished goods

2020
£’000

5,551 

228

44

(23)

102 

2019  
£’000

5,043

405

76

(42)

69

5,902 

5,551

2020
£’000

2,874 

3,696 

3,562 

10,132 

2019  
£’000

2,343

2,845

4,221

9,409

The value of inventories measured at fair value less cost to sell was £336,000 (2019: £322,000). The movement in the value of inventories 
measured at fair value less cost to sell during the year gave rise to a charge of £14,000 which was dealt with in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

105

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

19. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables 

Other receivables 

VAT 

Prepayments and accrued revenue 

2020 
£’000 

3,491 

1,622 

540 

2,423 

8,076 

2019  
£’000

4,373

3,409

591

1,403

9,776

Accrued revenue of £182,000 relates to deferred consideration receivable from customers (2019: £119,000).

All amounts due as shown above are short term. The carrying value of trade receivables is considered a reasonable approximation of fair 
value. All trade and other receivables have been reviewed for indicators of impairment. During the year, £69,000 of trade receivables were 
provided for and none of the provision utilised. The impaired trade receivables are mostly due from private customers in the Italian market 
who are experiencing financial difficulties.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not 
have a significant financing component.

All of the Group’s trade receivables in the comparative periods have been reviewed for indicators of impairment. The impaired trade 
receivables are mostly due from customers in the business‑to‑business market that are experiencing financial difficulties.

In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk 
characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due and also according to the geographical location of customers.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profile over the past 24 months to 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 respectively as well as 
the corresponding historical credit losses during that period. The historical rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward‑looking 
macroeconomic factors affecting the customer’s ability to settle the amount outstanding. 

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery. An allowance is made for credit 
losses when there is an indication that the debt may not be recovered. Failure to make payments within five months from the invoice due date 
is considered an indicator of possible non‑recovery.

Bad and doubtful debt provision

Balance brought forward 

Foreign exchange adjustments 

Allowance for credit losses 

Utilised 

Balance carried forward 

2020 
£’000 

460 

12 

69 

— 

541 

2019  
£’000

535

5

(80)

— 

460

This note includes disclosures relating to the credit risk exposures and analysis relating to the allowance for expected credit losses. 
Both the current and comparative impairment provisions apply the IFRS 9 expected loss model.

On the above basis the expected credit loss for trade receivables as at 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 was determined as follows:

Trade receivables 

Current 

Not more than three months 

More than three months but not more than six months 

More than six months but not more than one year   

More than one year 

Expected 
credit  
loss rate 
% 

2020 

Gross 
carrying 
amount 
£’000 

Lifetime  
expected  
credit loss 
£’000 

Expected 
credit 
loss rate 
% 

2019

Gross 
carrying 
amount 
£’000 

Lifetime 
expected 
credit loss 
£’000

— 

— 

2% 

66% 

91% 

2,301 

863 

243 

136 

489 

4,032 

— 

— 

4 

90 

447 

541 

— 

— 

0% 

23% 

90% 

2,459 

1,004 

804 

77 

489 

4,833 

—

—

4 

18 

438

460

106 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. Cash and cash in hand

Cash at bank and in hand 

21. Trade and other payables

Due within one year 

Trade payables

Social security and other taxes

Other creditors

Accrued expenses and deferred income

22. Borrowings

Due within one year 

Bank loans

Due in more than one year 

Bank loans

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

36,962 

27,440

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

2,217 

4,440 

72

8,419 

4,141

1,875

132

9,588

15,148 

15,736

2020
£’000

829

829

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

694

694

2019  
£’000

2,927 

2,927 

1,742

1,742

There is an overdraft facility provided by NatWest Bank plc which has a maximum limit during the year of up to £7m. Interest on the overdraft is 
at the bank’s base rate plus a fixed margin of 2.50%. The facility is secured in favour of NatWest Bank plc by means of debentures granted by 
the Company and its principal subsidiaries and share pledge agreements relating to Bencard Allergie GmbH, Allergy Therapeutics Italia s.r.l. 
and Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. In addition, the Group has issued a lien over the Group’s interest in the equity of subsidiary undertakings 
as security against the banking facilities. The overdraft facility was renewed in August 2020. The overdraft was unused at 30 June 2020 
(2019: £nil).

The loans below were taken out by Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. and are secured by way of a charge on land and buildings owned by 
Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. 

Bank Inter (1) 

Bank Inter (2) 

Santander (1) 

Tecnoalcala

Santander (2) 

CDTI (1) 

Santander (3) 

CDTI (2) 

Santander (4) 

Interest rate

3 month Euribor +0.55% 

1 month Euribor +5.0% 

12 month Euribor +2.5% 

Interest free

Fixed rate of 2.5% 

Interest free 

Fixed rate of 2.3% 

Fixed rate of 0.2% 

Fixed rate of 2.3% 

During the year, Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. took out a number of loans for €2.2m (included above) to further expand the Group’s 
manufacturing and quality control facilities. Warranties in respect of €2m of these loans were provided by Allergy Therapeutics plc.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

Capital repayments due

<1 year  
£’000

1–5 years 
£’000

>5 years 
£’000

98 

36 

117 

27 

445 

19 

87 

— 

— 

829 

— 

145 

— 

53 

585 

156 

333 

49 

1,366 

2,687 

—

91

—

—

—

149

—

—

—

240

107

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

23. Lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities are presented in the Group consolidated balance sheet as follows:

Due within one year

Due in more than one year 

2020  
£’000

1,435

6,988

8,423

2019 
£’000

—

—

—

The Group has leases for the main manufacturing and production facility in Worthing, Group offices in Continental Europe, motor vehicles and 
mainly IT equipment. With the exception of short‑term leases and leases of low‑value underlying assets, each lease is reflected on the balance 
sheet as a right‑of‑use asset and a lease liability. The Group classifies its right‑of‑use assets in a consistent manner to its property, plant and 
equipment (see Note 16).

Each lease generally imposes a restriction that, unless there is a contractual right for the Group to sublet the asset to another party, the 
right‑of‑use asset can only be used by the Group. Leases are either non‑cancellable or may only be cancelled by incurring a substantive 
termination fee. Some leases contain an option to purchase the underlying leased asset outright at the end of the lease, or to extend the lease 
for a further term. The Group is prohibited from selling or pledging the underlying leased assets as security. For leases over office buildings 
and factory premises the Group must keep those properties in a good state of repair and return the properties in their original condition at the 
end of the lease. Further, the Group must insure items of property, plant and equipment and incur maintenance fees on such items in 
accordance with the lease contracts.

The table below describes the nature of the Group’s leasing activities by type of right‑of‑use asset recognised on balance sheet:

Right‑of‑use asset

Buildings (office, manufacturing and warehousing)  

Cars

Other equipment

  No of right‑of‑ 
use assets 
 leased 

Range of 
remaining 
term 

Average 
remaining 
lease term

9  1‑13 years 

6 years

118 

1‑3 years 

1 year

5 

1‑5 years 

2 years

The related underlying asset secures the lease liabilities. Future minimum lease payments at 30 June 2020 were as follows:

30 June 2020

Lease payments 

Finance charges 

Net present values 

Minimum lease payments due

Within 1 year 
£’000

1‑2 years 
£’000

2‑3 years 
£’000

3‑4 years 
£’000

4‑5 years 
£’000 

After 5 years 
£’000

Total 
£’000

1,616  

 (275) 

 1,341  

 1,311  

 (233) 

 1,078  

 993  

 (197) 

 796  

 939  

 (170) 

 769  

 939  

 (144) 

 795  

 4,072  

 9,870 

 (428) 

 (1,447)

 3,644  

 8,423 

Additional information on the right‑of‑use assets by class of assets is as follows:

Buildings (office, manufacturing and warehousing)  

Cars

Other equipment

Total right-of-use assets

Carrying   Depreciation 
expense 
amount 
£’000 
£’000 

Impairment 
£’000

7,740 

654 

69 

978 

497 

42 

8,463 

1,517 

—

—

—

—

24. Provisions
The provision refers to a leaving indemnity reserve in Allergy Therapeutics Italia s.r.l. Under Italian law, alongside each monthly salary payment 
an amount is accrued into this reserve for each employee. When the employee leaves the Company the accrued amount is paid as a deferred 
salary payment.

The actuarial valuation, in accordance with IAS 19, for employee benefits is based on assumptions determinate at the valuation date. 
The methodology used is the ‘Projected unit credit method’. This method sees each year of service give rise to an additional unit of 
leaving indemnity entitlement and values each unit separately to build up to a final total obligation.

108 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
2020  
% p.a. 

1.2 

0.5 

2.4 

2019 
% p.a. 

1.5

0.5

2.6

0.27 

0.35

RG48 

RG48

 INPS tables  INPS tables

1.00% 

1.00%

10.00% 

10.00%

2020 
Total 
£’000 

273 

22 

— 

4 

5 

304 

2019  
Total 
£’000

282

32

(54)

10

3

273

2019  
£’000

272

275

270

277

276

271

The actuarial valuation in accordance with IAS 19 was carried out by Managers & Partners Actuarial Services S.p.A. at 30 June 2020. 
The major assumptions used were as follows:

Retail price inflation 

Salary increase rate 

Annual rate of leaving indemnity increase 

Annual discount rate 

Demographic assumptions 

Mortality 

Inability 

Advanced payment annual rate 

Withdrawal annual rate 

The movement in the leaving indemnity reserve during the year was as follows:

At 1 July 

Additions 

Utilisation 

IAS 19 addition 

Foreign exchange movement 

At 30 June 

During the year an independent actuarial valuation of the Italy leave indemnity reserve was carried out and an adjustment made so as to 
comply with IAS 19.

The following table summarises the effects of changes in these actuarial assumptions on the defined benefit liability at 30 June 2020:

Changes in significant actuarial assumptions

Withdrawal annual rate +1.00% 

Withdrawal annual rate ‑1.00% 

Annual discount rate +0.25% 

Annual discount rate ‑0.25% 

Annual price inflation +0.25% 

Annual price inflation ‑0.25% 

2020 
£’000 

303 

306 

307 

301 

300 

308 

25. Financial instruments
Risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities within the Group will be able to continue as a going concern whilst maximising 
the return to shareholders through the effective management of liquid resources raised through share issues and loan arrangements. 
Capital management objectives are met through regular reviews of cash flows, debtor/creditor balances, budgets and forecasts.

Capital 

Total equity 

Borrowings 

Overall financing 

Capital-to-overall financing ratio (%) 

There is no requirement by external parties to comply with any capital ratios.

2020 
£’000 

43,783 

43,783 

12,179 

2019  
£’000

37,558

37,558

2,436

55,962 

39,994

0.78 

0.94

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

109

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

25. Financial instruments continued
Risk management continued
The IAS 39 categories of financial assets and liabilities included in the balance sheet and the headings under which they are shown are 
as follows:

Categories of financial instrument

Financial assets 

Current

Financial assets at amortised cost 

Financial liabilities 

Current

At amortised cost (including borrowings and payables) 

Fair value through profit and loss – held for trading  

Non-current

At amortised cost (including borrowings and payables) 

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

42,797 

42,797 

35,932

35,932

(17,411) 

(16,430)

(815)

(429)

(18,226) 

(16,859)

(7,924) 

(2,015)

(26,150) 

(18,874)

Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate the effects of exchange rate exposure through the use of forward 
exchange contracts.

The fair value of these instruments is calculated by reference to observable market rates (spot rate versus forward rates for matching maturity 
dates) and supported by counterparty confirmation. Within the fair value hierarchy, this financial derivative is classified as Level 2.

Euro forward contracts (including Euro exchange swaps)
The Group has Euro forward contracts with its bank that are arranged for the net sale of €19,195,000 to purchase GBP at an average blended 
rate of 1.1503 for dates from July 2020 until May 2021.

Analysis of derivative financial instruments

Credit/(charge) to administration expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement  

Euro forward contracts

Euro forward contracts – matured in the period 

2020
£’000

(386)

755

369 

Forward exchange contracts are considered by management to be part of economic hedge arrangements but have not been formally 
designated as such and hence hedge accounting is not used.

Derivative financial instruments

Current liabilities 

Derivative financial instruments – Euro forward contracts 

2020
£’000

(815)

(815)

2019  
£’000

(332)

(54)

(386)

2019  
£’000

(429)

(429)

The net loss at fair value of financial instruments held at the balance sheet date that has been recorded through the Consolidated Income 
Statement is £386,000 (2019 loss: £332,000).

Foreign currency risk
The Group conducts most of its day‑to‑day financial activities in either the Euro (which is the functional currency of the active subsidiaries 
in Germany, Italy, Spain, Austria and the Netherlands), Sterling (which is the functional currency of the UK parent entity) and Swiss Francs 
(which is the functional currency of the Swiss subsidiary). Some costs are denominated in US Dollars and some income is denominated 
in Canadian Dollars.

110 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
The Group carries bank balances in the following currencies:

Sterling

Euro

US Dollars

Canadian Dollars

Swiss Franc

Foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities, translated into Sterling at closing rates, are as follows:

Current

Financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Short-term exposure 

Non-current

Financial liabilities 

Long-term exposure 

Sterling  
£’000

2020

Euro 
£’000

Other 
£’000

Sterling 
£’000

32,214 

8,719 

(7,715) 

(10,160) 

24,499 

(1,441) 

1,865 

(351)

1,514 

26,144 

(8,685) 

17,459 

(3,504) 

(3,504) 

(4,420) 

(4,420) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2020
£’000

30,119 

5,389 

801 

23

632

2019  
£’000

20,973

2,010

4,116

16

325

36,964 

27,440

2019

Euro 
£’000

4,994 

(7,888) 

2,894 

(2,015) 

(2,015) 

Other 
£’000

4,795

(189)

4,606

—

—

The following table illustrates the sensitivity of the net result for the year and the equity of the Group with regard to its financial assets and 
liabilities and the Euro to Sterling exchange rate. Foreign exchange movements over the last two years have been considered and an average 
taken, and on this basis a 10% movement is considered to be a reasonable benchmark. For 2019, a 10% movement was also used.

If Sterling had strengthened against the Euro by 

Effect on net results for the year 

Effect on OCI

Effect on equity

If Sterling had weakened against the Euro by

Effect on net results for the year 

Effect on OCI

Effect on equity

2020
£’000

10%

371

(773)

(402)

10%

(453)

944 

491

2019  
£’000

10%

531

(618)

(87)

10%

(649)

756

107

Interest rate risk
The Group finances its operations through operating cash flow, equity fundraising and overdraft facilities. Interest is charged at a floating rate 
on the overdraft facility. The overdraft facility is tailored in a way to give flexibility to the Group. This flexibility provides the Group with a higher 
level of the facility in the low sales season and allows it to pay down the facility in the high sales season. The following table illustrates the 
sensitivity of the net result for the year and equity to possible changes in interest rates of +1% with effect from the beginning of the year on 
the remaining element of borrowings. Due to the current low interest rates it is not feasible to illustrate the results were the interest rates to 
fall by 1%.

The sensitivities are considered to be reasonable given the current market conditions and the calculations are based on the financial 
instruments held at each balance sheet date, all other variables being held constant.

Movement in interest rates 

Movement in net results for the year 

Equity

2020  

2019

£’000 

+1%

(6)

— 

(6)

 £’000

-1%

n/a

n/a

n/a

£’000

+1%

(17)

— 

(17)

£’000

‑1%

n/a

n/a

n/a

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that the counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. In order 
to minimise this risk, the Group endeavours only to deal with companies which are demonstrably creditworthy and this, together with the 
aggregate financial exposure, is regularly monitored. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying value of the debtor.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

111

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

25. Financial instruments continued
Credit risk continued
Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be small as the counterparties are all substantial banks with high credit ratings. 
The maximum exposure is the amount of the deposit. Credit risk on assets derived from financial derivatives is also considered to be small as 
the counterparties are all substantial banks with high credit ratings. The maximum exposure is the asset recognised.

The credit quality of financial assets that are not past due or impaired is regularly reviewed by management.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide adequate funding 
for its day‑to‑day operations. Management has access to funding through a bank facility and continues to have the option to raise funds from 
the issue of equity shares to ensure the Group remains able to meet its commitments as they fall due. The Group’s bank facility (Note 22) was 
renewed in August 2020. As at 30 June 2020, the Group’s contractual maturities (undiscounted and including interest) are summarised below:

Current liabilities

Borrowing facility

Finance leases

Trade payables

Other short‑term liabilities

Derivatives

Non-current liabilities

Borrowing facility

Finance leases

Other long‑term liabilities

2020  

2019

Within  
6 months 
£’000  

6 to 12 
months 
£’000

Within  
6 months 
£’000

416

808 

2,217

12,931

16,372 

636

416

808

— 

— 

1,224 

179

172

—

4,141 

11,498 

15,811 

212

17,008 

1,403 

16,023 

2020 

2019

1 to 5 
years  
£’000  

Later than 
5 years 
£’000

2,993 

4,182 

304

7,479 

214 

4,072

— 

1 to 5 
years  
£’000

2,617

—

273

4,286 

2,890

6 to 12 
months 
£’000

172

—

—

—

172

217

389

Later than 
5 years 
£’000

990

—

—

990

26. Operating lease commitments
As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16, from 1 July 2019, all leases, except those classified as either low‑value assets or short‑term, have been 
recognised on the balance sheet as a right‑of‑use asset and lease liability and are no longer included in this non‑cancellable operating lease 
disclosure.

See Note 1 for further information on the adoption of IFRS 16 and its impact on these financial statements.

At the year end, the Group had no non‑cancellable operating leases.

27. Retirement benefit obligations
Defined contribution scheme
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for all employees in the UK except those that have opted out of the scheme. 
The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. A salary sacrifice scheme is in 
operation at Allergy Therapeutics (UK) Ltd. The effect of the scheme is to transfer a proportion of the payroll cost to pension contributions; see 
Note 7, Employees for further details.

Defined benefit scheme
The Group operates a partly funded non‑contributory defined benefit pension scheme for certain employees in Germany. The actuarial 
valuation was carried out by Swiss Life Pensions Management GmbH at 30 June 2020. The major assumptions used were as follows:

Retail price inflation

Salary increase rate

Rate of pension increase

Discount rate at the beginning of the year 

Discount rate at the end of the year 

Increase of social security contribution ceiling 

2020 
% p.a. 

1.5

3.0

1.5

1.45 

0.80 

3.0

2019 
% p.a.

1.5

3.0

1.5

1.85

1.45

3.0

112 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average life expectancies 

Male, 65 years of age at the balance sheet date 

Female, 65 years of age at the balance sheet date  

Male, 45 years of age at the balance sheet date 

Female, 45 years of age at the balance sheet date  

The assets in the scheme and the expected rates of return were as follows:

Fair value of plan assets 

Present value of scheme liabilities

Deficit in the scheme

2020 
Years

20.8 

24.3 

40.8 

44.8 

2019 
Years

20.7

24.2

40.6

44.7

2020
£’000

1,354 

(14,880) 

(13,526) 

2019  
£’000

1,364

(13,111)

(11,747)

The plan assets consist of long‑term insurance policies held to cover the German pension obligation. The value of the plan assets is deducted 
from the value of the pension liability to give a net liability of £13.5m (2019: £11.7m). The basis used to determine the net interest cost is based 
on the net defined benefit asset or liability and the discount rate as determined by Swiss Life Pensions Management GmbH using the projected 
unit credit method. The actual gain on plan assets for the year is £55,000 (2019: £57,000). The pension charge generates an unrecognised 
deferred tax asset of £2,545,000 (2019: £2,043,000), however this is unrecognised in the Group accounts as there is uncertainty over the 
recoverability. The insurance contracts that form the plan assets are valued at fair value (market price) by the pension scheme administrators 
(SLPM) each year. SLPM value the insurance policies according to contractual arrangements (equivalent to cash surrender values). This is 
classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Long‑term insurance policies that do not qualify as plan assets are recognised as separate investment assets at fair value and represent a 
reimbursement right as defined by IAS 19. See Note 17 for further details of these investment assets.

Amounts charged to operating profit 

Current service costs

Amounts included in other finance expenses 

Interest income on plan assets 

Interest on pension scheme liabilities 

Net charge

Amounts recognised in OCI 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets 

Experience gains/(losses) arising on scheme liabilities 

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities 

Total amount relating to year

Opening cumulative losses

Remeasurement of net defined liability/cumulative net movement recognised 

Movement in assets during the year

Balance as at 1 July 

Foreign currency differences

Interest income on plan assets

Remeasurement of net defined liability

Contributions from employer

Assets transferred to finance benefits paid 

Balance as at 30 June

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

253

300

(19)

184 

165

37

312

(1,636) 

(1,287) 

(5,085) 

(6,372) 

2020
£’000

1,364 

21

19

37

—

(87)

(25)

215

190

32

(59)

(879)

(906)

(4,179)

(5,085)

2019  
£’000

1,376

18

25

32

—

(87)

1,354 

1,364

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

113

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

27. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Movement in liabilities in the year

Balance as at 1 July

Foreign currency differences

Current service costs

Interest cost

Remeasurement of net defined liability

Benefits paid by employer

Benefits paid from assets

Balance as at 30 June

2020
£’000

2019  
£’000

(13,111) 

(11,722)

(276)

(253)

(184)

(1,324) 

181

87

(164)

(300)

(215)

(938)

141

87

(14,880) 

(13,111)

The expected contributions over the forthcoming year are £150,000.

The significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit IAS 19.173(b) obligation are the discount rate, 
the salary growth rate and the average life expectancy. The calculation of the net defined benefit liability is sensitive to these assumptions. 
The following table summarises the effects of changes in these actuarial assumptions on the defined benefit liability at 30 June 2020:

Changes in the significant actuarial assumptions

Discount rate

(Decrease)/increase in the defined benefit liability  

Salary growth rate

Increase/(decrease) in the defined benefit liability 

Average life expectancies of males 

Increase/(decrease) in the defined benefit liability 

Average life expectancies of females 

Increase/(decrease) in the defined benefit liability 

28. Issued share capital

Authorised share capital 

Ordinary Shares of 0.10 pence each 

1 July and 30 June 

Deferred shares of 0.10 pence each 

1 July and 30 June 

Issued and fully paid 

Ordinary Shares of 0.10 pence 

At 1 July 

Issued during the year: 

Share options exercised 

Share placing 

At 30 June

Issued and fully paid 

Deferred shares of 0.10 pence 

At 1 July 

Issued during the year 

At 30 June

Issued share capital 

2020  

2019

£’000

£’000

Increase  
to 1.80% 

Decrease 
to 0.20% 

£’000

Increase 
to 2.45% 

£’000

Decrease 
to 0.45%

(2,529) 

3,084 

(2,107) 

2,541

Increase  
to 4.00% 

Decrease 
to 2.00% 

Increase 
to 4.00% 

Decrease 
to 2.00%

538 

(498)

480

(444)

Increase of  
one year 

Decrease 
of one year 

Increase 
of one year 

Decrease 
of one year

633 

(628)

514

(514)

Increase of  
one year 

Decrease 
of one year 

Increase 
of one year 

Decrease 
of one year

665 

(659)

542

(543)

2020  

2019

Shares

£’000

Shares

£’000

790,151,667

790

790,151,667

790

9,848,333

10

9,848,333

10

636,168,616

636

596,168,616

1,117,188

—

637,285,804

9,848,333

—

9,848,333

647,134,137 

1

—

637

10

—

10

647

—

40,000,000

636,168,616

9,848,333

—

9,848,333

646,016,949

596

—

40

636

10

—

10

646

The deferred shares have no voting rights, dividend rights or value attached to them.

Share options issued on vesting of LTIP awards were exercised in the year with proceeds of £66,000 (2019: £nil).

114 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
29. Share-based payments
The Group has an LTIP under which Executive Directors and senior employees may receive an annual provisional award of performance 
vesting shares.

The 2013 Group LTIP plan was adopted by the Board on 20 March 2013, following consultation with major shareholders. Provisional awards 
were made under this plan during the year in March 2020 subject to performance criteria being met.

Performance criteria for each award are set by the Remuneration Committee. The performance criteria are based on a combination of 
compound share price growth (50%) and compound annual adjusted earnings growth (50%). Both are measured against base figures 
designated by the Remuneration Committee.

In relation to compound share price growth, this portion of the award shall vest at 100% if at the end of the plan cycle the share price has 
increased by the upper target set by the Remuneration Committee. If the share price increase is less than the minimum target then no options 
will vest. If the share price increase is between the upper and lower targets then the vesting will be pro‑rated on a straight‑line basis between 
these targets. 

In relation to compound annual adjusted earnings growth, this portion of the award shall vest at 100% if at the end of the plan cycle the 
compound annual adjusted earnings have increased by the upper target set by the Committee. If the compound annual adjusted earnings 
increase is less than the minimum target then no options will vest. If the compound annual adjusted earnings increase is between the upper 
and lower targets then the vesting will be pro‑rated on a straight‑line basis between these targets.

Each award cycle will comprise a period of three years. An award will be forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before the options vest.

Share options were granted to employees and Directors under earlier schemes. The options are settled in equity once exercised. If the 
options remain unexercised after a period of ten years from the date of the grant, the options expire (unless the Remuneration Committee 
revises the expiry date). Options are usually forfeited if the employee leaves the Group before the options vest.

The following table sets out share options outstanding which are unrelated to the LTIP awards and have been disclosed separately to avoid 
distorting the weighted average exercise price (“WAEP”):

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 

Lapsed during the year 

Outstanding at the year end

Exercisable at the year end

2020 WAEP 

2019 WAEP

Number 

Price (£) 

Number 

Price (£)

35,289 

(35,289)

— 

— 

0.18 

— 

0.00 

0.00 

35,739

(450)

35,289 

35,289 

0.18

—

0.18

0.18

The share options outstanding at the end of year had all lapsed with no contractual life remaining. In the prior year the weighted average 
remaining contractual life was 0.3 years and all had an exercise price of £0.18 as follows:

Exercise price (p): 

18.25

  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
Number

Number 

— 

35,289

The movement in low‑cost options (LTIP awards that have been converted to share options redeemable at par) during the year was as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 

Converted in the year from LTIPs 

Exercised during the year

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at the year end

Exercisable at the year end

2020 
Number 

2019 
Number

  3,695,866  4,057,250

6,520,577

(1,117,194)

—

—

—  

(361,384)

  9,099,249  3,695,866

  9,099,249  3,695,866

Low‑cost options were exercised during the year at a weighted average share price at the date of exercise of £0.13 (2019: None exercised). 

Outstanding shares provisionally awarded under the LTIP, with a low‑cost exercise price, are as follows:

Outstanding at the beginning of the year 

Awarded during the year

Converted to options

Lapsed during the year

Outstanding at the year end

2020 
Number 

2019 
Number

  33,136,154  25,968,750

  10,560,000  11,110,000

  (6,869,059)

—

  (8,602,928)  (3,942,596)

  28,224,167  33,136,154

The fair values of LTIP shares conditionally awarded in March 2018, November 2018 and March 2020 were determined using a Monte Carlo 
simulation (with 5,000 iterations) that takes into account factors specific to the share incentive plans.

A discount has been applied for lack of marketability to the portion of the awards that would have to be retained for three years after vesting.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

115

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

29. Share-based payments continued
The following principal assumptions were used in the valuation:

Date of grant 

Exercisable from 

Exercisable to 

15/03/2018 

15/03/2021 

14/03/2031 

15/03/2018 

15/03/2021 

14/03/2031 

01/11/2018 

01/09/2021 

31/10/2031 

01/11/2018 

01/09/2021 

31/10/2031 

27/03/2020 

01/03/2023 

01/03/2033 

27/03/2020 

01/03/2023 

01/03/2033 

Exercise 
price 
(£) 

Share price
at grant 
(£) 

0.001 

0.001 

0.001 

0.001 

0.001 

0.001 

0.270 

0.270 

0.175 

0.175 

0.085 

0.085 

Risk‑free 
rate 

0.85% 

0.85% 

0.84% 

0.84% 

0.13% 

0.13% 

Volatility 

50% 

33% 

49% 

Number of 
awards 
expected to 
vest 
(non‑market 
 conditions) 

Fair value 
(£) 

Number 
outstanding

0.133  4,600,834

100% 

0.250  4,600,833

0.031  4,601,250

0% 

0.161  4,601,250

0.010  4,910,000

0% 

0.078  4,910,000

The share‑based payment charge assumes an employee attrition rate of 5% per annum.

The Group recognised total expenses of £794,000 (2019: £1,367,000) related to equity‑settled share‑based payment transactions during 
the year.

If the assumptions underlying the expense were varied, the results would be as follows:

As reported: (future leavers  
at 5% p.a. and non‑market  
condition vesting  
probabilities as above) 
£’000

Increase in 
leavers to 
10% p.a. 
£’000

Decrease in 
leavers to 
2% p.a. 
£’000

Future 
non‑market 
condition 
vestings 
decrease 
by 10% 
£’000

Future
non‑market
condition 
vestings 
increase 
by 10% 
£’000

Charge to income statement 

Credit/(charge) to income statement due to sensitivity adjustment 

794 

—  

788  

6  

798  

(4) 

794  

— 

853 

(59)

30. Contingent liabilities
A cross‑guarantee exists between Allergy Therapeutics (Holdings) Ltd, Allergy Therapeutics (UK) Ltd, Bencard Allergie GmbH, Allergy 
Therapeutics Italia s.r.l. and Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. in which the liabilities of each entity to NatWest Bank plc are guaranteed 
by all the others.

During the year, Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. took out a number of loans for €2.2m to further expand the Group’s manufacturing and 
quality control facilities. Warranties in respect of €2m of these loans were provided by Allergy Therapeutics plc.

In respect of net revenue relating to certain products there is a risk that up to £7.4m cumulative revenue recognised (2019: £4.0m) may 
be reversed due to a retrospective change in the level of rebate being applied (2020: £3.4m recognised and periods up to 2019: £4.0m 
recognised).

On 23 February 2015, the Company received notification that BAFA had made a decision to reverse their preliminary exemption to the 
increased manufacturer’s rebate in Germany for the period July to December 2012. The Company was granted a preliminary exemption to 
the increased rebate for this period by BAFA in 2013. The Company recognised revenue of €1.4m (£1.1m at that time, now £1.3m) against this 
exemption in the year ended 30 June 2013. All other preliminary exemptions (granted for periods up to 30 June 2012) have previously been 
ratified as final by BAFA. After taking legal advice, the Company has lodged an appeal against this decision and is confident that the exemption 
will be reinstated. Therefore, as at 30 June 2020, no provision has been recognised for the repayment of the rebate refund. This position will 
be kept under review.

31. Capital commitments
The Group’s capital commitments at the end of the financial period, for which no provision has been made, are as follows:

Capital commitments

  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000 

1,011 

1,224

Included in the above is £176,000 for ongoing factory refurbishments in the UK (2019: £293,000), £167,000 for new plant and machinery 
(2019: £810,000) and £668,000 for IT equipment and systems upgrades (2019: £121,000).

32. Related party transactions and ultimate control
Allergy Therapeutics plc’s related parties include its subsidiary companies and its key management. Key management personnel are the
Company’s Directors, and as such, full disclosure of their remuneration can be found in the Directors’ remuneration table on page 72.

116 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2020, the Company’s subsidiary undertakings were:

Subsidiary undertaking 

Country  
of incorporation  activity 

Principal 

Percentage 
of shares held  Class of shares held

Allergy Therapeutics (Holdings) Ltd 

Allergy Therapeutics (UK) Ltd 

UK 

UK 

Holding company 

Manufacture and sale of  
pharmaceutical products 

Bencard Allergie GmbH 

Germany 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

Bencard Allergie (Austria) GmbH 

Austria 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

Allergy Therapeutics Italia s.r.l. 

Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. 

Italy 

Spain 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

Bencard A.G. (name changed from Teomed A.G.)  Switzerland 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

Allergy Therapeutics Netherlands BV 

Netherlands 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

Allergy Therapeutics Argentina S.A. 

Argentina 

Marketing of pharmaceutical products  100 

Bencard Allergy Therapeutics Unipessoal LDA  Portugal 

Sale of pharmaceutical products 

100 

Ordinary and deferred

Ordinary 

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

During the year, Group companies entered into the following transactions with related parties that are not members of the Group:

Related party

Laboratorios Synthesis S.A.S.

Gynopharm de Venezuela C.A. 

Total

Sale of goods 

Amounts owed by/(to) 
related parties 

2020
£’000

—

—

—

2019
£’000

—

—

—

2020
£’000

(73)

(60)

(133) 

2019 
£’000

(73)

(60)

(133)

Laboratorios Synthesis S.A.S. and Gynopharm de Venezuela C.A. are wholly owned subsidiaries of CFR Pharmaceuticals SA. CFR 
Pharmaceuticals SA is a major investor in Allergy Therapeutics plc.

Sales of goods to related parties were made on normal commercial terms.

The amounts outstanding are unsecured and will be settled in cash. No guarantees have been given or received. No provisions have been 
made for doubtful debts in respect of the amounts owed by related parties.

There is no overall ultimate controlling party.

33. Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities
The changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities can be classified as follows:

1 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Revised 1 July 2019

Cash flows 

Repayment

Proceeds

Non-cash 

Foreign exchange movements

30 June 2020 

1 July 2018

Cash flows 

Repayment

Proceeds

Non-cash 

Foreign exchange movements

30 June 2019 

34. Events after the balance sheet date
No adjusting or significant non‑adjusting events have occurred between the 30 June 2020 reporting date and the date of authorisation. 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

Total  
borrowings 
£’000 

Lease
liabilities  
£’000

Total 
liabilities  
£’000

2,436 

— 

2,436 

— 

9,766 

9,766 

2,436

9,766

12,202

(654) 

(1,343) 

(1,997)

1,886 

— 

1,886

88 

—

88

3,756 

8,423 

12,179

Total  
borrowings 
£’000 

3,058

(651)

— 

29

2,436

Lease 
liabilities  
£’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
liabilities  
£’000

3,058

(651)

—

29

2,436

117

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
 
 
Company balance sheet
as at 30 June 2020

Fixed assets 

Investments

Current assets 

Debtors: amounts falling due within one year 

Total assets

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Net assets

Capital and reserves 

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves – share‑based payments

Profit and loss account

Total equity

30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000 

Note 

2 

3 

4 

3,995 

3,620

231

4,226 

(253)

(22)

3,973 

3,973 

233

3,853

(254)

(21)

3,599

3,599

5 

647

646

112,576 

112,576

3,104 

3,024

(112,354) 

(112,647)

3,973 

3,599

The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not included its own income statement in these 
financial statements. The Company’s loss for the period was £421,000 (2019: £11,360,000 loss).

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 22 September 2020 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

Manuel Llobet 
Chief Executive Officer 

Registered number: 05141592

Nicolas Wykeman
Chief Financial Officer

118 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

 
 
Statement of changes in equity (Company)
for the year ended 30 June 2020

At 30 June 2018 

Loss for the period after tax 

Transactions with owners:

Share‑based payments

Shares issued

At 30 June 2019

Loss for the period after tax 

Transactions with owners:

Share‑based payments

Shares issued

Transfer of lapsed options to retained earnings 

At 30 June 2020 

Issued  
capital  
£’000

606 

— 

—

40 

646 

— 

—

1

— 

Share 
premium 
£’000

Reserve – 
share‑based 
payment  
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total
equity 
£’000

102,420 

1,657 

(101,287) 

3,396

— 

— 

10,156

112,576 

— 

— 

—

— 

— 

(11,360) 

(11,360)

1,367

—

— 

— 

3,024 

(112,647) 

1,367

10,196

3,599

— 

(421) 

(421) 

794

—

(714) 

— 

—

714 

794

1

—

647 

112,576 

3,104 

(112,354) 

3,973

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

119

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic report 
Notes to the Company financial statements 
for the year ended 30 June 2020

1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The separate financial statements of the Company have been 
prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101, 
Reduced Disclosure Framework (“FRS 101”) and the Companies 
Act 2006. FRS 101 sets out a reduced disclosure framework for a 
‘qualifying entity’ as defined in the standard which addresses the 
financial reporting requirements and disclosure exemptions in the 
individual financial statements of qualifying entities that otherwise 
apply the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements 
of EU‑adopted IFRS.

As permitted by the Companies Act, the separate financial 
statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
United Kingdom accounting standards and under the historical 
cost convention.

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the 
disclosure exemptions available under that standard in relation to 
business combinations, financial instruments, capital management, 
presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets, 
presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective, 
impairment of assets and related party transactions. Where required, 
equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial 
statements of Allergy Therapeutics plc.

In accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, 
no separate income statement has been presented for the Company. 
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of this 
financial information are set out below. These policies have been 
consistently applied to all the financial years presented, unless 
otherwise stated.

Going concern
Detailed budgets have been prepared, including cash flow 
projections for the periods ending 30 September 2021. These 
projections include assumptions on the trading performance of the 
operating business and the continued availability of the existing bank 
facilities. The Group had a cash balance of £37.0m as at 
30 June 2020 and the £7m overdraft facility was renewed in 
August 2020. The Directors have made appropriate enquiries, 
which included a review of the annual budget and latest forecast, 
by considering the cash flow requirements for the forecast period 
and the effects of sales and other sensitivities, such as Brexit, 
COVID‑19 and other risks as noted in the principal risks section of 
the Annual Report on the Group’s forecast cash balances. This was 
carried out via a stress test which included reducing sales by 30% 
(15 times the estimated COVID‑19 impact and more than the 
combined downsides sensitivities identified with no upsides) which 
the Directors consider to be no more than a highly remote possibility. 
The stress test resulted in a slightly positive cash balance at the end 
of the reviewed period. As a result of this review, the Directors have 
concluded that the Group will have adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable future and accordingly 
have applied the going concern principle in preparing these 
financial statements.

Investments
Fixed asset investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less 
provision for impairment. Share‑based payments made in respect of 
the Company’s shares to employees of its subsidiaries are reported 
as an increase in investments. 

Intercompany receivables
Receivables including intercompany receivables are financial 
assets measured at amortised cost in accordance with IFRS 9. 
See Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements on page 94 
for more information.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded using an average 
exchange rate for the period. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated using the rate 
of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date and the gains or losses 
on translation are included in the profit or loss account.

Deferred taxation
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that 
have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where 
transactions or events have occurred at that date that will result in 
an obligation to pay more, or a right to pay less, tax.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the 
Directors consider that it is more likely than not that there will be 
suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the 
underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Deferred tax is measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates 
and laws that are expected to apply in the periods in which timing 
differences reverse, based on tax rates and laws enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Employment costs
The Company does not have any employees. All employment 
costs are dealt with by the Group’s subsidiaries. Details of 
employment costs are detailed on page 99 of the 
consolidated financial statements.

Share-based payments
Share‑based payments made in respect of the Company’s shares 
to employees of its subsidiaries are reported as an increase in 
investment.

All goods and services received in exchange for the grant of any 
share‑based payment are measured at their fair values. Where 
employees are rewarded using share‑based payments, the fair 
values of employees’ services are determined indirectly by reference 
to the fair value of the instrument granted to the employee. This fair 
value is appraised at the grant date and excludes the impact of 
non‑market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and sales 
growth targets).

If vesting periods or non‑market‑based vesting conditions apply, 
the expense is allocated over the vesting period, based on the best 
available estimate of share options expected to vest. Estimates are 
revised subsequently if there is any indication that the number of 
share options expected to vest differs from previous estimates. 
Any cumulative adjustment prior to vesting is recognised in the 
current period.

If market‑based vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated 
over the relevant period, usually the period over which performance 
is measured. Vesting assumptions and resulting expenses are fixed 
at the date of grant, regardless of whether market conditions are 
actually met. Any adjustment for options which lapse prior to vesting 
is recognised in the current period. No adjustment to expense 
recognised in prior periods is made if fewer share options ultimately 
are vested than estimated; however, the expensed value of these 
lapsed shares is transferred from the share‑based payment reserve 
to the profit and loss reserve.

Full details of the Group’s share‑based payments are set out 
in Note 29 of the consolidated financial statements.

120 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Significant judgement and estimates
Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are assessed for indicators 
of impairment at each balance sheet date. An investment is impaired 
where the book value of the investment in the parent company’s 
accounts, together with the carrying amount of amounts receivable 
from the subsidiary undertaking (see ‘Intercompany receivables’ 
adjacent), exceed the carrying amount of net assets in the 
subsidiaries’ accounts. 

Where there is an indication of impairment, the Company undertakes 
an impairment test by comparing the recoverable amount of the 
investment in subsidiary undertakings with the carrying amount. 
The Directors have based the recoverable amount of the investment 
in subsidiary undertakings, together with any amounts receivable 
from the subsidiary undertakings, on the book value of the 
subsidiaries’ net assets as in the view of the Directors, this is a 
reasonable approximation of the fair value less cost to sell. 
Impairment losses, where recognised in the year, are included 
within administrative expenses.

2. Investments

Cost 

Investment brought forward

Additions

Diminution in value

Investment carried forward

Intercompany receivables
Intercompany receivables are measured at amortised cost and 
assessed for impairment using the expected credit loss model in 
accordance with IFRS 9. The receivable is impaired where the book 
value of the receivable in the parent company’s accounts, together 
with the carrying amount of investments in the subsidiary 
undertaking, exceed the carrying amount of net assets in the 
subsidiaries’ accounts (less any amount already matched against 
the carrying value of the intercompany investment). These book 
values are used as a reasonable approximation of fair value less 
selling costs of the subsidiary net assets.

Shares in subsidiary  
undertaking  
£’000

3,620

794

(419)

3,995

The additions relate to share‑based payments in respect of the Company’s shares to employees of its subsidiaries.

Investments have been assessed for impairment. The diminution in value is calculated as referred to in the significant judgement and 
estimates paragraph above.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

121

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportNotes to the Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2. Investments continued
At 30 June 2020, the Company’s subsidiary undertakings were:

Subsidiary undertaking and registered office address 

Allergy Therapeutics (Holdings) Ltd 
Address: Dominion Way, Worthing 
West Sussex, BN14 8SA, UK 

Allergy Therapeutics (UK) Ltd 
Address: Dominion Way, Worthing 
West Sussex, BN14 8SA, UK 

Bencard Allergie GmbH 
Address: Leopoldstraße 175175, 80804 Munich, Germany 

Bencard Allergie (Austria) GmbH 
Address: Stiftgasse 18/5‑6, 1070 Vienna, Austria 

Allergy Therapeutics Italia s.r.l. 
Address: Via Quattro Novembre, 76,  
20019 Settimo Milanese, Milan, Italy 

Allergy Therapeutics Iberica S.L. 
Address: Avda Barcelona, 115, Edificio Brasol, 2ª Planta  
08970 Sant Joan Despí, Barcelona, Spain 

Bencard A.G. 
Address: Tumigerstrasse 71, 8606 Greifensee, Switzerland 

Allergy Therapeutics Netherlands BV 
Address: Maanlander 10, 3824DZ, Amersfoort, Netherlands 

Allergy Therapeutics Argentina S.A. 
Address: In liquidation 

Bencard Allergy Therapeutics Unipessoal LDA 
Address: Avenida Antonio Augusto de Aguiar,  
nº 17, 5ª Dto.1050‑012 Lisbon 

Country of  
incorporation 

UK 

UK 

Principal activity 

Holding company 

Percentage of 
shares held 

100 

Class of shares held

Ordinary and 
deferred 

Manufacture and sale of 
pharmaceutical products 

100 

Ordinary 

Germany 

Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Austria 

Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Italy 

Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Spain 

Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Switzerland 

Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Netherlands  Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Argentina 

Marketing of pharmaceutical 
products 

100 

Ordinary 

Portugal 

Sale of pharmaceutical products  100 

Ordinary 

Allergy Therapeutics (Holdings) Ltd is fully owned by Allergy Therapeutics plc. All other subsidiary undertakings except Bencard Allergie 
(Austria) GmbH and Allergy Therapeutics S.A. are fully owned by Allergy Therapeutics (Holdings) Ltd. Bencard Allergie (Austria) GmbH is fully 
owned by Bencard Allergie GmbH.

122 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

3. Debtors

Amounts falling due within one year 

Amount owed by subsidiary undertakings

Prepayments and accrued income

  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000 

187

44

231

184

49

233

Intercompany debtors have been assessed for impairment. The amount owed by subsidiary undertakings is stated net of provisions of 
£113,986,732 (2019: £113,542,312).

4. Creditors – amounts falling due within one year

Accruals

  30 June 2020   30 June 2019 
£’000

£’000 

253

253

254

254

5. Called up share capital
Full details of the Company’s share capital are set out in Note 28 of the consolidated financial statements.

6. Share-based payments
Allergy Therapeutics plc (the ‘Company’) does not have any employees. All share‑based payments are accounted for as a capital contribution 
in the respective Group employing subsidiary. Full details of the Company’s share‑based payments are set out in Note 29 of the consolidated 
financial statements. Share‑based payments made in respect of the Company’s shares to employees of its subsidiaries are reported as an 
increase in investment.

7. Directors’ emoluments
Full details of the Company’s Directors’ emoluments are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 67 to 73.

8. Contingent liabilities 
Full details of the Company’s contingent liabilities are set out in Note 30 of the consolidated financial statements.

9. Related party transactions
In accordance with the provisions of FRS 101, the Company is exempt from the requirements in IAS 24, Related Party Disclosures to disclose 
related party transactions entered into between members of a Group, as all parties to the transactions are wholly owned by the Company. 
Details of other related party transactions can be found in Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

123

Financial statementsGovernanceStrategic reportDefinition of non-GAAP measures

Definition of non-GAAP measures
Constant currency
Constant currency uses prior year weighted average exchange rates to translate current year foreign currency denominated revenue 
to give a year‑on‑year comparison excluding the effects of foreign exchange movements.

Operating profit (pre-R&D)
This is calculated by adding back R&D expenditure for the year to the operating result of the year to arrive at an operating profit.

124 

Allergy Therapeutics plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Shareholder information

Registered office
Dominion Way 
Worthing 
West Sussex BN14 8SA

Advisers
Nominated Adviser and Broker
Panmure Gordon & Co
1 New Change 
London 
EC4M 9AT

US Investor Relations Advisor 
Stern Investor Relations, Inc.
1270 Avenue of the Americas  
Suite 1900  
New York  
NY 10020 USA

Auditor
Grant Thornton UK LLP
St John’s House 
Crawley 
West Sussex RH10 1HS

Lawyers
Covington and Burling LLP
265 Strand  
London WC2R 1BH

Cooley’s (UK) LLP
Dashwood 
69 Old Broad Street 
London EC2M 1QS

Actuary
Swiss Life Pensions Management GmbH
Swiss Life Gruppe 
Berliner Strasse 85 
80805 München 
Germany

Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry 
34 Beckenham Road 
Beckenham 
Kent BR3 4TU

Bankers
NatWest Bank plc
South East Corporate Centre 
Turnpike House 
123 High Street 
Crawley 
West Sussex RH10 1DQ

Public relations advisers
Consilium Strategic Communications
41 Lothbury 
London EC2R 7HG

The paper used in this report is produced using virgin wood fibre from well-managed forests 
with FSC® certification. All pulps used are elemental chlorine free and manufactured at a mill 
that has been awarded the ISO 14001 and EMAS certificates for environmental management. 
The use of the FSC® logo identifies products which contain wood from well-managed forests 
certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council.

Printed by L&S Printing Company Ltd., an FSC® and ISO 14001 accredited company, 
who is committed to all round excellence and improving environmental performance 
as an important part of this strategy.

Designed and produced by  

www.lyonsbennett.com

A

l

l

e

r

g

y

T

h

e

r

a

p

e

u

t

i

c

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

Dominion Way
Worthing
West Sussex
BN14 8SA

www.allergytherapeutics.com